a37ed698070569b4c8d6dbf0e23cb4a455bc93dc
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / ada-lang.c
1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright
2 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
20
21 #include <stdio.h>
22 #include "gdb_string.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include <stdarg.h>
25 #include "demangle.h"
26 #include "defs.h"
27 #include "symtab.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "gdbcmd.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "parser-defs.h"
32 #include "language.h"
33 #include "c-lang.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "symfile.h"
36 #include "objfiles.h"
37 #include "breakpoint.h"
38 #include "gdbcore.h"
39 #include "ada-lang.h"
40 #include "ui-out.h"
41 #include "block.h"
42 #include "infcall.h"
43
44 struct cleanup *unresolved_names;
45
46 void extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf);
47
48 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
49
50 static void modify_general_field (char *, LONGEST, int, int);
51
52 static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *);
53
54 static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *);
55
56 static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *);
57
58 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *);
59
60 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *);
61
62 static struct type *desc_data_type (struct type *);
63
64 static struct value *desc_data (struct value *);
65
66 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *);
67
68 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *);
69
70 static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int);
71
72 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int);
73
74 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int);
75
76 static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int);
77
78 static int desc_arity (struct type *);
79
80 static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int);
81
82 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int);
83
84 static struct value *place_on_stack (struct value *, CORE_ADDR *);
85
86 static struct value *convert_actual (struct value *, struct type *,
87 CORE_ADDR *);
88
89 static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *,
90 CORE_ADDR *);
91
92 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *, const char *,
93 domain_enum, struct objfile *, int);
94
95 static void fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *);
96
97 static int is_nonfunction (struct symbol **, int);
98
99 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *, struct block *);
100
101 static struct partial_symbol *ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
102 *, const char *, int,
103 domain_enum, int);
104
105 static struct symtab *symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *);
106
107 static struct value *ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **, int *, int,
108 struct type *);
109
110 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **, int, int, int,
111 struct symbol *, struct block *);
112
113 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **);
114
115 static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode);
116
117 static int numeric_type_p (struct type *);
118
119 static int integer_type_p (struct type *);
120
121 static int scalar_type_p (struct type *);
122
123 static int discrete_type_p (struct type *);
124
125 static char *extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line,
126 const char *);
127
128 static struct value *evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *,
129 int *, enum noside);
130
131 static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *);
132
133 static struct type *ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *, int);
134
135 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int);
136
137 static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, char *,
138 CORE_ADDR, struct value *);
139
140 static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value *,
141 struct objfile *);
142
143 static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *);
144
145 static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *);
146
147 static struct type *packed_array_type (struct type *, long *);
148
149 static struct type *decode_packed_array_type (struct type *);
150
151 static struct value *decode_packed_array (struct value *);
152
153 static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int,
154 struct value **);
155
156 static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, long,
157 struct type *);
158
159 static struct value *get_var_value (char *, char *);
160
161 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *);
162
163 static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *);
164
165 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
166
167 static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
168
169 static struct symtabs_and_lines find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *,
170 int,
171 struct symbol
172 **, int);
173
174 static int find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, struct symbol **,
175 int, int *);
176
177 static int find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *, int, int, int);
178
179 static struct symtabs_and_lines all_sals_for_line (const char *, int,
180 char ***);
181
182 static void read_all_symtabs (const char *);
183
184 static int is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *, int);
185
186 static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *);
187
188 static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct value *);
189
190 static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *);
191
192 static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, domain_enum);
193
194 extern void markTimeStart (int index);
195 extern void markTimeStop (int index);
196 \f
197
198
199 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
200 static unsigned int varsize_limit;
201
202 static const char *ada_completer_word_break_characters =
203 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
204
205 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram */
206 #define ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"
207
208 /* Utilities */
209
210 /* extract_string
211 *
212 * read the string located at ADDR from the inferior and store the
213 * result into BUF
214 */
215 void
216 extract_string (CORE_ADDR addr, char *buf)
217 {
218 int char_index = 0;
219
220 /* Loop, reading one byte at a time, until we reach the '\000'
221 end-of-string marker */
222 do
223 {
224 target_read_memory (addr + char_index * sizeof (char),
225 buf + char_index * sizeof (char), sizeof (char));
226 char_index++;
227 }
228 while (buf[char_index - 1] != '\000');
229 }
230
231 /* Assuming *OLD_VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
232 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
233 updating *OLD_VECT and *SIZE as necessary. */
234
235 void
236 grow_vect (void **old_vect, size_t * size, size_t min_size, int element_size)
237 {
238 if (*size < min_size)
239 {
240 *size *= 2;
241 if (*size < min_size)
242 *size = min_size;
243 *old_vect = xrealloc (*old_vect, *size * element_size);
244 }
245 }
246
247 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
248 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___" */
249
250 static int
251 field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target)
252 {
253 int len = strlen (target);
254 return
255 STREQN (field_name, target, len)
256 && (field_name[len] == '\0'
257 || (STREQN (field_name + len, "___", 3)
258 && !STREQ (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, "___XVN")));
259 }
260
261
262 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
263
264 int
265 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name)
266 {
267 if (name == NULL)
268 return 0;
269 else
270 {
271 const char *p = strstr (name, "___");
272 if (p == NULL)
273 return strlen (name);
274 else
275 return p - name;
276 }
277 }
278
279 /* SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. False if STR is null. */
280 static int
281 is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix)
282 {
283 int len1, len2;
284 if (str == NULL)
285 return 0;
286 len1 = strlen (str);
287 len2 = strlen (suffix);
288 return (len1 >= len2 && STREQ (str + len1 - len2, suffix));
289 }
290
291 /* Create a value of type TYPE whose contents come from VALADDR, if it
292 * is non-null, and whose memory address (in the inferior) is
293 * ADDRESS. */
294 struct value *
295 value_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
296 CORE_ADDR address)
297 {
298 struct value *v = allocate_value (type);
299 if (valaddr == NULL)
300 VALUE_LAZY (v) = 1;
301 else
302 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (v), valaddr, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
303 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = address;
304 if (address != 0)
305 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_memory;
306 return v;
307 }
308
309 /* The contents of value VAL, beginning at offset OFFSET, treated as a
310 value of type TYPE. The result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
311
312 static struct value *
313 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, long offset, struct type *type)
314 {
315 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
316 if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory)
317 return value_at_lazy (type,
318 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset,
319 NULL);
320 else
321 {
322 struct value *result = allocate_value (type);
323 VALUE_LVAL (result) = not_lval;
324 if (VALUE_ADDRESS (val) == 0)
325 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (result), VALUE_CONTENTS (val) + offset,
326 TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val))
327 ? TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (val)) : TYPE_LENGTH (type));
328 else
329 {
330 VALUE_ADDRESS (result) =
331 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val) + offset;
332 VALUE_LAZY (result) = 1;
333 }
334 return result;
335 }
336 }
337
338 static char *
339 cond_offset_host (char *valaddr, long offset)
340 {
341 if (valaddr == NULL)
342 return NULL;
343 else
344 return valaddr + offset;
345 }
346
347 static CORE_ADDR
348 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset)
349 {
350 if (address == 0)
351 return 0;
352 else
353 return address + offset;
354 }
355
356 /* Perform execute_command on the result of concatenating all
357 arguments up to NULL. */
358 static void
359 do_command (const char *arg, ...)
360 {
361 int len;
362 char *cmd;
363 const char *s;
364 va_list ap;
365
366 va_start (ap, arg);
367 len = 0;
368 s = arg;
369 cmd = "";
370 for (; s != NULL; s = va_arg (ap, const char *))
371 {
372 char *cmd1;
373 len += strlen (s);
374 cmd1 = alloca (len + 1);
375 strcpy (cmd1, cmd);
376 strcat (cmd1, s);
377 cmd = cmd1;
378 }
379 va_end (ap);
380 execute_command (cmd, 0);
381 }
382 \f
383
384 /* Language Selection */
385
386 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
387 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
388
389 MAIN_PST is not used. */
390
391 enum language
392 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang,
393 struct partial_symtab *main_pst)
394 {
395 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL,
396 (struct objfile *) NULL) != NULL)
397 /* return language_ada; */
398 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
399 return language_unknown;
400
401 return lang;
402 }
403 \f
404
405 /* Symbols */
406
407 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-mangled names. Last entry is pair
408 of NULLs. */
409
410 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = {
411 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD},
412 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB},
413 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL},
414 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV},
415 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD},
416 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM},
417 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP},
418 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS},
419 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ},
420 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR},
421 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ},
422 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL},
423 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL},
424 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND},
425 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR},
426 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR},
427 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT},
428 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS},
429 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT},
430 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS},
431 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG},
432 {NULL, NULL}
433 };
434
435 /* True if STR should be suppressed in info listings. */
436 static int
437 is_suppressed_name (const char *str)
438 {
439 if (STREQN (str, "_ada_", 5))
440 str += 5;
441 if (str[0] == '_' || str[0] == '\000')
442 return 1;
443 else
444 {
445 const char *p;
446 const char *suffix = strstr (str, "___");
447 if (suffix != NULL && suffix[3] != 'X')
448 return 1;
449 if (suffix == NULL)
450 suffix = str + strlen (str);
451 for (p = suffix - 1; p != str; p -= 1)
452 if (isupper (*p))
453 {
454 int i;
455 if (p[0] == 'X' && p[-1] != '_')
456 goto OK;
457 if (*p != 'O')
458 return 1;
459 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
460 if (STREQN (ada_opname_table[i].mangled, p,
461 strlen (ada_opname_table[i].mangled)))
462 goto OK;
463 return 1;
464 OK:;
465 }
466 return 0;
467 }
468 }
469
470 /* The "mangled" form of DEMANGLED, according to GNAT conventions.
471 * The result is valid until the next call to ada_mangle. */
472 char *
473 ada_mangle (const char *demangled)
474 {
475 static char *mangling_buffer = NULL;
476 static size_t mangling_buffer_size = 0;
477 const char *p;
478 int k;
479
480 if (demangled == NULL)
481 return NULL;
482
483 GROW_VECT (mangling_buffer, mangling_buffer_size,
484 2 * strlen (demangled) + 10);
485
486 k = 0;
487 for (p = demangled; *p != '\0'; p += 1)
488 {
489 if (*p == '.')
490 {
491 mangling_buffer[k] = mangling_buffer[k + 1] = '_';
492 k += 2;
493 }
494 else if (*p == '"')
495 {
496 const struct ada_opname_map *mapping;
497
498 for (mapping = ada_opname_table;
499 mapping->mangled != NULL &&
500 !STREQN (mapping->demangled, p, strlen (mapping->demangled));
501 p += 1)
502 ;
503 if (mapping->mangled == NULL)
504 error ("invalid Ada operator name: %s", p);
505 strcpy (mangling_buffer + k, mapping->mangled);
506 k += strlen (mapping->mangled);
507 break;
508 }
509 else
510 {
511 mangling_buffer[k] = *p;
512 k += 1;
513 }
514 }
515
516 mangling_buffer[k] = '\0';
517 return mangling_buffer;
518 }
519
520 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
521 * quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
522 * to next call. */
523 char *
524 ada_fold_name (const char *name)
525 {
526 static char *fold_buffer = NULL;
527 static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0;
528
529 int len = strlen (name);
530 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1);
531
532 if (name[0] == '\'')
533 {
534 strncpy (fold_buffer, name + 1, len - 2);
535 fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000';
536 }
537 else
538 {
539 int i;
540 for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1)
541 fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]);
542 }
543
544 return fold_buffer;
545 }
546
547 /* Demangle:
548 1. Discard final __{DIGIT}+ or ${DIGIT}+
549 2. Convert other instances of embedded "__" to `.'.
550 3. Discard leading _ada_.
551 4. Convert operator names to the appropriate quoted symbols.
552 5. Remove everything after first ___ if it is followed by
553 'X'.
554 6. Replace TK__ with __, and a trailing B or TKB with nothing.
555 7. Put symbols that should be suppressed in <...> brackets.
556 8. Remove trailing X[bn]* suffix (indicating names in package bodies).
557 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_demangle.
558 */
559
560 char *
561 ada_demangle (const char *mangled)
562 {
563 int i, j;
564 int len0;
565 const char *p;
566 char *demangled;
567 int at_start_name;
568 static char *demangling_buffer = NULL;
569 static size_t demangling_buffer_size = 0;
570
571 if (STREQN (mangled, "_ada_", 5))
572 mangled += 5;
573
574 if (mangled[0] == '_' || mangled[0] == '<')
575 goto Suppress;
576
577 p = strstr (mangled, "___");
578 if (p == NULL)
579 len0 = strlen (mangled);
580 else
581 {
582 if (p[3] == 'X')
583 len0 = p - mangled;
584 else
585 goto Suppress;
586 }
587 if (len0 > 3 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 3, "TKB"))
588 len0 -= 3;
589 if (len0 > 1 && STREQ (mangled + len0 - 1, "B"))
590 len0 -= 1;
591
592 /* Make demangled big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
593 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, 2 * len0 + 1);
594 demangled = demangling_buffer;
595
596 if (isdigit (mangled[len0 - 1]))
597 {
598 for (i = len0 - 2; i >= 0 && isdigit (mangled[i]); i -= 1)
599 ;
600 if (i > 1 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i - 1] == '_')
601 len0 = i - 1;
602 else if (mangled[i] == '$')
603 len0 = i;
604 }
605
606 for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (mangled[i]); i += 1, j += 1)
607 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
608
609 at_start_name = 1;
610 while (i < len0)
611 {
612 if (at_start_name && mangled[i] == 'O')
613 {
614 int k;
615 for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL; k += 1)
616 {
617 int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].mangled);
618 if (STREQN
619 (ada_opname_table[k].mangled + 1, mangled + i + 1,
620 op_len - 1) && !isalnum (mangled[i + op_len]))
621 {
622 strcpy (demangled + j, ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
623 at_start_name = 0;
624 i += op_len;
625 j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].demangled);
626 break;
627 }
628 }
629 if (ada_opname_table[k].mangled != NULL)
630 continue;
631 }
632 at_start_name = 0;
633
634 if (i < len0 - 4 && STREQN (mangled + i, "TK__", 4))
635 i += 2;
636 if (mangled[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (mangled[i - 1]))
637 {
638 do
639 i += 1;
640 while (i < len0 && (mangled[i] == 'b' || mangled[i] == 'n'));
641 if (i < len0)
642 goto Suppress;
643 }
644 else if (i < len0 - 2 && mangled[i] == '_' && mangled[i + 1] == '_')
645 {
646 demangled[j] = '.';
647 at_start_name = 1;
648 i += 2;
649 j += 1;
650 }
651 else
652 {
653 demangled[j] = mangled[i];
654 i += 1;
655 j += 1;
656 }
657 }
658 demangled[j] = '\000';
659
660 for (i = 0; demangled[i] != '\0'; i += 1)
661 if (isupper (demangled[i]) || demangled[i] == ' ')
662 goto Suppress;
663
664 return demangled;
665
666 Suppress:
667 GROW_VECT (demangling_buffer, demangling_buffer_size, strlen (mangled) + 3);
668 demangled = demangling_buffer;
669 if (mangled[0] == '<')
670 strcpy (demangled, mangled);
671 else
672 sprintf (demangled, "<%s>", mangled);
673 return demangled;
674
675 }
676
677 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
678 * suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
679 * SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
680 * information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
681 * suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
682 * either argument is NULL. */
683
684 int
685 ada_match_name (const char *sym_name, const char *name, int wild)
686 {
687 if (sym_name == NULL || name == NULL)
688 return 0;
689 else if (wild)
690 return wild_match (name, strlen (name), sym_name);
691 else
692 {
693 int len_name = strlen (name);
694 return (STREQN (sym_name, name, len_name)
695 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name))
696 || (STREQN (sym_name, "_ada_", 5)
697 && STREQN (sym_name + 5, name, len_name)
698 && is_name_suffix (sym_name + len_name + 5));
699 }
700 }
701
702 /* True (non-zero) iff in Ada mode, the symbol SYM should be
703 suppressed in info listings. */
704
705 int
706 ada_suppress_symbol_printing (struct symbol *sym)
707 {
708 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
709 return 1;
710 else
711 return is_suppressed_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
712 }
713 \f
714
715 /* Arrays */
716
717 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of
718 array descriptors. */
719
720 static char *bound_name[] = {
721 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
722 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
723 };
724
725 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
726
727 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char*)))
728
729 /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
730
731 static void
732 modify_general_field (char *addr, LONGEST fieldval, int bitpos, int bitsize)
733 {
734 modify_field (addr + sizeof (LONGEST) * bitpos / (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)),
735 fieldval, bitpos % (8 * sizeof (LONGEST)), bitsize);
736 }
737
738
739 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
740 (fat pointers). */
741
742 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
743 level of indirection, if needed. */
744 static struct type *
745 desc_base_type (struct type *type)
746 {
747 if (type == NULL)
748 return NULL;
749 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
750 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
751 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
752 else
753 return type;
754 }
755
756 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
757 static int
758 is_thin_pntr (struct type *type)
759 {
760 return
761 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT")
762 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE");
763 }
764
765 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
766 static struct type *
767 thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type)
768 {
769 struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type);
770 if (base_type == NULL)
771 return NULL;
772 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE"))
773 return base_type;
774 else
775 {
776 struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE");
777 if (alt_type == NULL)
778 return base_type;
779 else
780 return alt_type;
781 }
782 }
783
784 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
785 static struct value *
786 thin_data_pntr (struct value *val)
787 {
788 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (val);
789 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
790 return value_cast (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
791 value_copy (val));
792 else
793 return value_from_longest (desc_data_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)),
794 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val));
795 }
796
797 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
798 static int
799 is_thick_pntr (struct type *type)
800 {
801 type = desc_base_type (type);
802 return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
803 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL);
804 }
805
806 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
807 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
808 static struct type *
809 desc_bounds_type (struct type *type)
810 {
811 struct type *r;
812
813 type = desc_base_type (type);
814
815 if (type == NULL)
816 return NULL;
817 else if (is_thin_pntr (type))
818 {
819 type = thin_descriptor_type (type);
820 if (type == NULL)
821 return NULL;
822 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1);
823 if (r != NULL)
824 return check_typedef (r);
825 }
826 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
827 {
828 r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
829 if (r != NULL)
830 return check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (r)));
831 }
832 return NULL;
833 }
834
835 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
836 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
837 static struct value *
838 desc_bounds (struct value *arr)
839 {
840 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
841 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
842 {
843 struct type *bounds_type =
844 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type));
845 LONGEST addr;
846
847 if (desc_bounds_type == NULL)
848 error ("Bad GNAT array descriptor");
849
850 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
851 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
852 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
853 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
854 addr = value_as_long (arr);
855 else
856 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (arr) + VALUE_OFFSET (arr);
857
858 return
859 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type),
860 addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type));
861 }
862
863 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
864 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL,
865 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
866 else
867 return NULL;
868 }
869
870 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
871 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
872 static int
873 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type)
874 {
875 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1);
876 }
877
878 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
879 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
880 static int
881 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type)
882 {
883 type = desc_base_type (type);
884
885 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0)
886 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1);
887 else
888 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1)));
889 }
890
891 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
892 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a
893 pointer-to-array-with-no-bounds type); otherwise, NULL. Use
894 ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds data. */
895 static struct type *
896 desc_data_type (struct type *type)
897 {
898 type = desc_base_type (type);
899
900 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
901 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
902 return lookup_pointer_type
903 (desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)));
904 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
905 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1);
906 else
907 return NULL;
908 }
909
910 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
911 its array data. */
912 static struct value *
913 desc_data (struct value *arr)
914 {
915 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
916 if (is_thin_pntr (type))
917 return thin_data_pntr (arr);
918 else if (is_thick_pntr (type))
919 return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL,
920 "Bad GNAT array descriptor");
921 else
922 return NULL;
923 }
924
925
926 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
927 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
928 static int
929 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type)
930 {
931 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0);
932 }
933
934 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
935 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
936 static int
937 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type)
938 {
939 type = desc_base_type (type);
940
941 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0)
942 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0);
943 else
944 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
945 }
946
947 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
948 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
949 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
950 static struct value *
951 desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which)
952 {
953 return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL,
954 "Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds");
955 }
956
957 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
958 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
959 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
960 static int
961 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which)
962 {
963 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2);
964 }
965
966 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
967 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
968 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
969 static int
970 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which)
971 {
972 type = desc_base_type (type);
973
974 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0)
975 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2);
976 else
977 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2));
978 }
979
980 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
981 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
982 static struct type *
983 desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i)
984 {
985 type = desc_base_type (type);
986
987 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
988 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1);
989 else
990 return NULL;
991 }
992
993 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. 0
994 if TYPE is NULL. */
995 static int
996 desc_arity (struct type *type)
997 {
998 type = desc_base_type (type);
999
1000 if (type != NULL)
1001 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2;
1002 return 0;
1003 }
1004
1005
1006 /* Non-zero iff type is a simple array type (or pointer to one). */
1007 int
1008 ada_is_simple_array (struct type *type)
1009 {
1010 if (type == NULL)
1011 return 0;
1012 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1013 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1014 || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1015 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY));
1016 }
1017
1018 /* Non-zero iff type belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1019 int
1020 ada_is_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1021 {
1022 struct type *data_type = desc_data_type (type);
1023
1024 if (type == NULL)
1025 return 0;
1026 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1027 return
1028 data_type != NULL
1029 && ((TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1030 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type) != NULL
1031 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1032 ||
1033 TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1034 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0;
1035 }
1036
1037 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1038 descriptor. (FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1039 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1040 is still needed. */
1041 int
1042 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type)
1043 {
1044 return
1045 type != NULL
1046 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1047 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1048 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL)
1049 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type);
1050 }
1051
1052
1053 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1054 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1055 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1056 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1057 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1058 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1059 a descriptor. */
1060 struct type *
1061 ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds)
1062 {
1063 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1064 return decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1065
1066 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1067 return VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1068
1069 if (!bounds)
1070 return
1071 check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (desc_data_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr))));
1072 else
1073 {
1074 struct type *elt_type;
1075 int arity;
1076 struct value *descriptor;
1077 struct objfile *objf = TYPE_OBJFILE (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1078
1079 elt_type = ada_array_element_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr), -1);
1080 arity = ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1081
1082 if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0)
1083 return check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1084
1085 descriptor = desc_bounds (arr);
1086 if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0)
1087 return NULL;
1088 while (arity > 0)
1089 {
1090 struct type *range_type = alloc_type (objf);
1091 struct type *array_type = alloc_type (objf);
1092 struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0);
1093 struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1);
1094 arity -= 1;
1095
1096 create_range_type (range_type, VALUE_TYPE (low),
1097 (int) value_as_long (low),
1098 (int) value_as_long (high));
1099 elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type);
1100 }
1101
1102 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type);
1103 }
1104 }
1105
1106 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1107 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1108 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1109 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1110 struct value *
1111 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr)
1112 {
1113 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1114 {
1115 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1);
1116 if (arrType == NULL)
1117 return NULL;
1118 return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr)));
1119 }
1120 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1121 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1122 else
1123 return arr;
1124 }
1125
1126 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1127 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1128 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1129 struct value *
1130 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr)
1131 {
1132 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1133 {
1134 struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr);
1135 if (arrVal == NULL)
1136 error ("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.");
1137 return value_ind (arrVal);
1138 }
1139 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr)))
1140 return decode_packed_array (arr);
1141 else
1142 return arr;
1143 }
1144
1145 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1146 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1147 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1148 struct type *
1149 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type)
1150 {
1151 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1152 struct value *dummy = value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, 0);
1153 struct type *result;
1154 VALUE_TYPE (dummy) = type;
1155 result = ada_type_of_array (dummy, 0);
1156 value_free_to_mark (dummy);
1157 return result;
1158 }
1159
1160 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1161 int
1162 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1163 {
1164 if (type == NULL)
1165 return 0;
1166 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1167 return
1168 ada_type_name (type) != NULL
1169 && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL;
1170 }
1171
1172 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1173 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1174 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1175 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1176 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1177 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1178 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1179 in bits. */
1180 static struct type *
1181 packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits)
1182 {
1183 struct type *new_elt_type;
1184 struct type *new_type;
1185 LONGEST low_bound, high_bound;
1186
1187 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1188 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1189 return type;
1190
1191 new_type = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
1192 new_elt_type = packed_array_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1193 elt_bits);
1194 create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1195 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits;
1196 TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type);
1197
1198 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
1199 &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0)
1200 low_bound = high_bound = 0;
1201 if (high_bound < low_bound)
1202 *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0;
1203 else
1204 {
1205 *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1);
1206 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) =
1207 (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1208 }
1209
1210 /* TYPE_FLAGS (new_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
1211 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
1212 return new_type;
1213 }
1214
1215 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where ada_is_packed_array_type (TYPE).
1216 */
1217 static struct type *
1218 decode_packed_array_type (struct type *type)
1219 {
1220 struct symbol **syms;
1221 struct block **blocks;
1222 const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (check_typedef (type));
1223 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1);
1224 char *tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP");
1225 struct type *shadow_type;
1226 long bits;
1227 int i, n;
1228
1229 memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name);
1230 name[tail - raw_name] = '\000';
1231
1232 /* NOTE: Use ada_lookup_symbol_list because of bug in some versions
1233 * of gcc (Solaris, e.g.). FIXME when compiler is fixed. */
1234 n = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL),
1235 VAR_DOMAIN, &syms, &blocks);
1236 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
1237 if (syms[i] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_TYPEDEF
1238 && STREQ (name, ada_type_name (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]))))
1239 break;
1240 if (i >= n)
1241 {
1242 warning ("could not find bounds information on packed array");
1243 return NULL;
1244 }
1245 shadow_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]);
1246
1247 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1248 {
1249 warning ("could not understand bounds information on packed array");
1250 return NULL;
1251 }
1252
1253 if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1)
1254 {
1255 warning ("could not understand bit size information on packed array");
1256 return NULL;
1257 }
1258
1259 return packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits);
1260 }
1261
1262 /* Given that ARR is a struct value* indicating a GNAT packed array,
1263 returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
1264 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
1265 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
1266 type length is set appropriately. */
1267
1268 static struct value *
1269 decode_packed_array (struct value *arr)
1270 {
1271 struct type *type = decode_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1272
1273 if (type == NULL)
1274 {
1275 error ("can't unpack array");
1276 return NULL;
1277 }
1278 else
1279 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, 0, type);
1280 }
1281
1282
1283 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
1284 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
1285
1286 static struct value *
1287 value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1288 {
1289 int i;
1290 int bits, elt_off, bit_off;
1291 long elt_total_bit_offset;
1292 struct type *elt_type;
1293 struct value *v;
1294
1295 bits = 0;
1296 elt_total_bit_offset = 0;
1297 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1298 for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1)
1299 {
1300 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1301 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0)
1302 error
1303 ("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array");
1304 else
1305 {
1306 struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type);
1307 LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound;
1308 LONGEST idx;
1309
1310 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0)
1311 {
1312 warning ("don't know bounds of array");
1313 lowerbound = upperbound = 0;
1314 }
1315
1316 idx = value_as_long (value_pos_atr (ind[i]));
1317 if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound)
1318 warning ("packed array index %ld out of bounds", (long) idx);
1319 bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0);
1320 elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits;
1321 elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type));
1322 }
1323 }
1324 elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1325 bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1326
1327 v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off,
1328 bits, elt_type);
1329 if (VALUE_LVAL (arr) == lval_internalvar)
1330 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1331 else
1332 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (arr);
1333 return v;
1334 }
1335
1336 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
1337
1338 static int
1339 has_negatives (struct type *type)
1340 {
1341 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1342 {
1343 default:
1344 return 0;
1345 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
1346 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type);
1347 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
1348 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) < 0;
1349 }
1350 }
1351
1352
1353 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
1354 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
1355 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
1356 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. OBJ
1357 may also be NULL, in which case, VALADDR+OFFSET must address the
1358 start of storage containing the packed value. The value returned
1359 in this case is never an lval.
1360 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
1361
1362 struct value *
1363 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, char *valaddr, long offset,
1364 int bit_offset, int bit_size,
1365 struct type *type)
1366 {
1367 struct value *v;
1368 int src, /* Index into the source area. */
1369 targ, /* Index into the target area. */
1370 i, srcBitsLeft, /* Number of source bits left to move. */
1371 nsrc, ntarg, /* Number of source and target bytes. */
1372 unusedLS, /* Number of bits in next significant
1373 * byte of source that are unused. */
1374 accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
1375 unsigned char *bytes; /* First byte containing data to unpack. */
1376 unsigned char *unpacked;
1377 unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
1378 unsigned char sign;
1379 int len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8;
1380 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the
1381 * direction the indices move. */
1382 int delta = BITS_BIG_ENDIAN ? -1 : 1;
1383
1384 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
1385
1386 if (obj == NULL)
1387 {
1388 v = allocate_value (type);
1389 bytes = (unsigned char *) (valaddr + offset);
1390 }
1391 else if (VALUE_LAZY (obj))
1392 {
1393 v = value_at (type,
1394 VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset, NULL);
1395 bytes = (unsigned char *) alloca (len);
1396 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (v), bytes, len);
1397 }
1398 else
1399 {
1400 v = allocate_value (type);
1401 bytes = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (obj) + offset;
1402 }
1403
1404 if (obj != NULL)
1405 {
1406 VALUE_LVAL (v) = VALUE_LVAL (obj);
1407 if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_internalvar)
1408 VALUE_LVAL (v) = lval_internalvar_component;
1409 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) = VALUE_ADDRESS (obj) + VALUE_OFFSET (obj) + offset;
1410 VALUE_BITPOS (v) = bit_offset + VALUE_BITPOS (obj);
1411 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1412 if (VALUE_BITPOS (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1413 {
1414 VALUE_ADDRESS (v) += 1;
1415 VALUE_BITPOS (v) -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1416 }
1417 }
1418 else
1419 VALUE_BITSIZE (v) = bit_size;
1420 unpacked = (unsigned char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (v);
1421
1422 srcBitsLeft = bit_size;
1423 nsrc = len;
1424 ntarg = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
1425 sign = 0;
1426 if (bit_size == 0)
1427 {
1428 memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1429 return v;
1430 }
1431 else if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1432 {
1433 src = len - 1;
1434 if (has_negatives (type) &&
1435 ((bytes[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1))))
1436 sign = ~0;
1437
1438 unusedLS =
1439 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1440 % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1441
1442 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
1443 {
1444 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
1445 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
1446 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
1447 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary. */
1448 accumSize =
1449 (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1450 /* And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
1451 * of the target. */
1452 targ = src;
1453 break;
1454 default:
1455 accumSize = 0;
1456 targ = TYPE_LENGTH (type) - 1;
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 }
1460 else
1461 {
1462 int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8;
1463
1464 src = targ = 0;
1465 unusedLS = bit_offset;
1466 accumSize = 0;
1467
1468 if (has_negatives (type) && (bytes[len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset)))
1469 sign = ~0;
1470 }
1471
1472 accum = 0;
1473 while (nsrc > 0)
1474 {
1475 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
1476 * part of the value. */
1477 unsigned int unusedMSMask =
1478 (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) -
1479 1;
1480 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
1481 unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask;
1482 accum |=
1483 (((bytes[src] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize;
1484 accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1485 if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT)
1486 {
1487 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1488 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1489 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1490 ntarg -= 1;
1491 targ += delta;
1492 }
1493 srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS;
1494 unusedLS = 0;
1495 nsrc -= 1;
1496 src += delta;
1497 }
1498 while (ntarg > 0)
1499 {
1500 accum |= sign << accumSize;
1501 unpacked[targ] = accum & ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT);
1502 accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1503 accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1504 ntarg -= 1;
1505 targ += delta;
1506 }
1507
1508 return v;
1509 }
1510
1511 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
1512 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
1513 not overlap. */
1514 static void
1515 move_bits (char *target, int targ_offset, char *source, int src_offset, int n)
1516 {
1517 unsigned int accum, mask;
1518 int accum_bits, chunk_size;
1519
1520 target += targ_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1521 targ_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1522 source += src_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1523 src_offset %= HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1524 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1525 {
1526 accum = (unsigned char) *source;
1527 source += 1;
1528 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1529
1530 while (n > 0)
1531 {
1532 int unused_right;
1533 accum = (accum << HOST_CHAR_BIT) + (unsigned char) *source;
1534 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1535 source += 1;
1536 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1537 if (chunk_size > n)
1538 chunk_size = n;
1539 unused_right = HOST_CHAR_BIT - (chunk_size + targ_offset);
1540 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << unused_right;
1541 *target =
1542 (*target & ~mask)
1543 | ((accum >> (accum_bits - chunk_size - unused_right)) & mask);
1544 n -= chunk_size;
1545 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1546 target += 1;
1547 targ_offset = 0;
1548 }
1549 }
1550 else
1551 {
1552 accum = (unsigned char) *source >> src_offset;
1553 source += 1;
1554 accum_bits = HOST_CHAR_BIT - src_offset;
1555
1556 while (n > 0)
1557 {
1558 accum = accum + ((unsigned char) *source << accum_bits);
1559 accum_bits += HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1560 source += 1;
1561 chunk_size = HOST_CHAR_BIT - targ_offset;
1562 if (chunk_size > n)
1563 chunk_size = n;
1564 mask = ((1 << chunk_size) - 1) << targ_offset;
1565 *target = (*target & ~mask) | ((accum << targ_offset) & mask);
1566 n -= chunk_size;
1567 accum_bits -= chunk_size;
1568 accum >>= chunk_size;
1569 target += 1;
1570 targ_offset = 0;
1571 }
1572 }
1573 }
1574
1575
1576 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
1577 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
1578 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
1579 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
1580
1581 static struct value *
1582 ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
1583 {
1584 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (toval);
1585 int bits = VALUE_BITSIZE (toval);
1586
1587 if (!toval->modifiable)
1588 error ("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.");
1589
1590 COERCE_REF (toval);
1591
1592 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory
1593 && bits > 0
1594 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
1595 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT))
1596 {
1597 int len =
1598 (VALUE_BITPOS (toval) + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT;
1599 char *buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
1600 struct value *val;
1601
1602 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
1603 fromval = value_cast (type, fromval);
1604
1605 read_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer, len);
1606 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
1607 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval),
1608 VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1609 TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT -
1610 bits, bits);
1611 else
1612 move_bits (buffer, VALUE_BITPOS (toval), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1613 0, bits);
1614 write_memory (VALUE_ADDRESS (toval) + VALUE_OFFSET (toval), buffer,
1615 len);
1616
1617 val = value_copy (toval);
1618 memcpy (VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val), VALUE_CONTENTS (fromval),
1619 TYPE_LENGTH (type));
1620 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
1621
1622 return val;
1623 }
1624
1625 return value_assign (toval, fromval);
1626 }
1627
1628
1629 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
1630 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
1631 thereto. */
1632
1633 struct value *
1634 ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind)
1635 {
1636 int k;
1637 struct value *elt;
1638 struct type *elt_type;
1639
1640 elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr);
1641
1642 elt_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (elt));
1643 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1644 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0)
1645 return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind);
1646
1647 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1648 {
1649 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1650 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1651 elt = value_subscript (elt, value_pos_atr (ind[k]));
1652 }
1653 return elt;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
1657 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
1658 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
1659
1660 struct value *
1661 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, struct type *type, int arity,
1662 struct value **ind)
1663 {
1664 int k;
1665
1666 for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1)
1667 {
1668 LONGEST lwb, upb;
1669 struct value *idx;
1670
1671 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1672 error ("too many subscripts (%d expected)", k);
1673 arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)),
1674 value_copy (arr));
1675 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb);
1676 if (lwb == 0)
1677 idx = ind[k];
1678 else
1679 idx = value_sub (ind[k], value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, lwb));
1680 arr = value_add (arr, idx);
1681 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1682 }
1683
1684 return value_ind (arr);
1685 }
1686
1687 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1688 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
1689 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
1690 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
1691
1692 int
1693 ada_array_arity (struct type *type)
1694 {
1695 int arity;
1696
1697 if (type == NULL)
1698 return 0;
1699
1700 type = desc_base_type (type);
1701
1702 arity = 0;
1703 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1704 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type));
1705 else
1706 while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1707 {
1708 arity += 1;
1709 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
1710 }
1711
1712 return arity;
1713 }
1714
1715 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
1716 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
1717 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
1718 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
1719
1720 struct type *
1721 ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices)
1722 {
1723 type = desc_base_type (type);
1724
1725 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
1726 {
1727 int k;
1728 struct type *p_array_type;
1729
1730 p_array_type = desc_data_type (type);
1731
1732 k = ada_array_arity (type);
1733 if (k == 0)
1734 return NULL;
1735
1736 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[] */
1737 if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices)
1738 k = nindices;
1739 p_array_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type);
1740 while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL)
1741 {
1742 p_array_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type));
1743 k -= 1;
1744 }
1745 return p_array_type;
1746 }
1747 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1748 {
1749 while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
1750 {
1751 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1752 nindices -= 1;
1753 }
1754 return type;
1755 }
1756
1757 return NULL;
1758 }
1759
1760 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). Does
1761 not examine memory. */
1762
1763 struct type *
1764 ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n)
1765 {
1766 type = desc_base_type (type);
1767
1768 if (n > ada_array_arity (type))
1769 return NULL;
1770
1771 if (ada_is_simple_array (type))
1772 {
1773 int i;
1774
1775 for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1)
1776 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1777
1778 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
1779 }
1780 else
1781 return desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n);
1782 }
1783
1784 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
1785 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
1786 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
1787 array-descriptor type. If TYPEP is non-null, *TYPEP is set to the
1788 bounds type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied by
1789 run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1790
1791 LONGEST
1792 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type * arr_type, int n, int which,
1793 struct type ** typep)
1794 {
1795 struct type *type;
1796 struct type *index_type_desc;
1797
1798 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1799 arr_type = decode_packed_array_type (arr_type);
1800
1801 if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1802 {
1803 if (typep != NULL)
1804 *typep = builtin_type_int;
1805 return (LONGEST) - which;
1806 }
1807
1808 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
1809 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type);
1810 else
1811 type = arr_type;
1812
1813 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA");
1814 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
1815 {
1816 struct type *range_type;
1817 struct type *index_type;
1818
1819 while (n > 1)
1820 {
1821 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
1822 n -= 1;
1823 }
1824
1825 range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type);
1826 index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type);
1827 if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF)
1828 index_type = builtin_type_long;
1829 if (typep != NULL)
1830 *typep = index_type;
1831 return
1832 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1833 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type)
1834 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
1835 }
1836 else
1837 {
1838 struct type *index_type =
1839 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, n - 1),
1840 NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (arr_type));
1841 if (typep != NULL)
1842 *typep = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type);
1843 return
1844 (LONGEST) (which == 0
1845 ? TYPE_LOW_BOUND (index_type)
1846 : TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (index_type));
1847 }
1848 }
1849
1850 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
1851 nth index (numbering from 1) if which is 0, and the upper bound if
1852 which is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1853 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
1854
1855 struct value *
1856 ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which)
1857 {
1858 struct type *arr_type = VALUE_TYPE (arr);
1859
1860 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1861 return ada_array_bound (decode_packed_array (arr), n, which);
1862 else if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1863 {
1864 struct type *type;
1865 LONGEST v = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which, &type);
1866 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1867 }
1868 else
1869 return desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which);
1870 }
1871
1872 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
1873 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
1874 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. Does not
1875 work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
1876 clauses at the moment. */
1877
1878 struct value *
1879 ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n)
1880 {
1881 struct type *arr_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr));
1882 struct type *index_type_desc;
1883
1884 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (arr_type))
1885 return ada_array_length (decode_packed_array (arr), n);
1886
1887 if (ada_is_simple_array (arr_type))
1888 {
1889 struct type *type;
1890 LONGEST v =
1891 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1, &type) -
1892 ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0, NULL) + 1;
1893 return value_from_longest (type, v);
1894 }
1895 else
1896 return
1897 value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
1898 value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1899 n, 1))
1900 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr),
1901 n, 0)) + 1);
1902 }
1903 \f
1904
1905 /* Name resolution */
1906
1907 /* The "demangled" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
1908 to op. */
1909
1910 static const char *
1911 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode op)
1912 {
1913 int i;
1914
1915 for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].mangled != NULL; i += 1)
1916 {
1917 if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op)
1918 return ada_opname_table[i].demangled;
1919 }
1920 error ("Could not find operator name for opcode");
1921 }
1922
1923
1924 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
1925 references (OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUES) and converts operators that are
1926 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
1927 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
1928 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
1929 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
1930 return type is preferred. The variable unresolved_names contains a list
1931 of character strings referenced by expout that should be freed.
1932 May change (expand) *EXP. */
1933
1934 void
1935 ada_resolve (struct expression **expp, struct type *context_type)
1936 {
1937 int pc;
1938 pc = 0;
1939 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type);
1940 }
1941
1942 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
1943 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
1944 OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE with an appropriate OP_VAR_VALUE, replacing
1945 built-in operators with function calls to user-defined operators,
1946 where appropriate, and (when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero), converting
1947 function-valued variables into parameterless calls. May expand
1948 EXP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions as in ada_resolve, above. */
1949
1950 static struct value *
1951 ada_resolve_subexp (struct expression **expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p,
1952 struct type *context_type)
1953 {
1954 int pc = *pos;
1955 int i;
1956 struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp */
1957 enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode;
1958 struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
1959 int nargs; /* Number of operands */
1960
1961 argvec = NULL;
1962 nargs = 0;
1963 exp = *expp;
1964
1965 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos. */
1966 switch (op)
1967 {
1968 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
1969 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE: */
1970 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1971 *pos += 4;
1972 break;
1973
1974 case OP_FUNCALL:
1975 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
1976 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
1977 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
1978 {
1979 *pos += 7;
1980
1981 argvec = (struct value* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value*) * (nargs + 1));
1982 for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1)
1983 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1984 argvec[i] = NULL;
1985 }
1986 else
1987 {
1988 *pos += 3;
1989 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
1990 for (i = 1; i < nargs; i += 1)
1991 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
1992 }
1993 */
1994 exp = *expp;
1995 break;
1996
1997 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
1998 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
1999 nargs = 1;
2000 *pos += 3;
2001 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, exp->elts[pc + 1].type);
2002 exp = *expp;
2003 break;
2004 */
2005 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
2006 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
2007 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1;
2008 *pos += 4;
2009 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2010 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2011 exp = *expp;
2012 break;
2013 */
2014 case UNOP_ADDR:
2015 nargs = 1;
2016 *pos += 1;
2017 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2018 exp = *expp;
2019 break;
2020
2021 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
2022 {
2023 struct value *arg1;
2024 nargs = 2;
2025 *pos += 1;
2026 arg1 = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL);
2027 if (arg1 == NULL)
2028 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2029 else
2030 ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
2031 break;
2032 }
2033
2034 default:
2035 switch (op)
2036 {
2037 default:
2038 error ("Unexpected operator during name resolution");
2039 case UNOP_CAST:
2040 /* case UNOP_MBR:
2041 nargs = 1;
2042 *pos += 3;
2043 break;
2044 */
2045 case BINOP_ADD:
2046 case BINOP_SUB:
2047 case BINOP_MUL:
2048 case BINOP_DIV:
2049 case BINOP_REM:
2050 case BINOP_MOD:
2051 case BINOP_EXP:
2052 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2053 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
2054 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
2055 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2056 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2057 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2058
2059 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2060 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2061 case BINOP_LESS:
2062 case BINOP_GTR:
2063 case BINOP_LEQ:
2064 case BINOP_GEQ:
2065
2066 case BINOP_REPEAT:
2067 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT:
2068 case BINOP_COMMA:
2069 nargs = 2;
2070 *pos += 1;
2071 break;
2072
2073 case UNOP_NEG:
2074 case UNOP_PLUS:
2075 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2076 case UNOP_ABS:
2077 case UNOP_IND:
2078 nargs = 1;
2079 *pos += 1;
2080 break;
2081
2082 case OP_LONG:
2083 case OP_DOUBLE:
2084 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2085 *pos += 4;
2086 break;
2087
2088 case OP_TYPE:
2089 case OP_BOOL:
2090 case OP_LAST:
2091 case OP_REGISTER:
2092 case OP_INTERNALVAR:
2093 *pos += 3;
2094 break;
2095
2096 case UNOP_MEMVAL:
2097 *pos += 3;
2098 nargs = 1;
2099 break;
2100
2101 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
2102 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
2103 nargs = 1;
2104 *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1);
2105 break;
2106
2107 case OP_ARRAY:
2108 *pos += 4;
2109 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst) + 1;
2110 nargs -= longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
2111 /* A null array contains one dummy element to give the type. */
2112 /* if (nargs == 0)
2113 nargs = 1;
2114 break; */
2115
2116 case TERNOP_SLICE:
2117 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2118 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
2119 *pos += 1;
2120 nargs = 3;
2121 break;
2122 */
2123 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
2124 /* case BINOP_MBR:
2125 *pos += 3;
2126 nargs = 2;
2127 break; */
2128 }
2129
2130 argvec =
2131 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
2132 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
2133 argvec[i] = ada_resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL);
2134 argvec[i] = NULL;
2135 exp = *expp;
2136 break;
2137 }
2138
2139 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
2140 switch (op)
2141 {
2142 default:
2143 break;
2144
2145 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2146 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
2147 {
2148 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2149 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2150 int n_candidates;
2151
2152 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].name,
2153 exp->elts[pc + 1].block,
2154 VAR_DOMAIN,
2155 &candidate_syms,
2156 &candidate_blocks);
2157
2158 if (n_candidates > 1)
2159 { */
2160 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
2161 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
2162 out all types. *//*
2163 int j;
2164 for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1)
2165 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]))
2166 {
2167 case LOC_REGISTER:
2168 case LOC_ARG:
2169 case LOC_REF_ARG:
2170 case LOC_REGPARM:
2171 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
2172 case LOC_LOCAL:
2173 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
2174 case LOC_BASEREG:
2175 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
2176 case LOC_COMPUTED:
2177 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
2178 goto FoundNonType;
2179 default:
2180 break;
2181 }
2182 FoundNonType:
2183 if (j < n_candidates)
2184 {
2185 j = 0;
2186 while (j < n_candidates)
2187 {
2188 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidate_syms[j]) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
2189 {
2190 candidate_syms[j] = candidate_syms[n_candidates-1];
2191 candidate_blocks[j] = candidate_blocks[n_candidates-1];
2192 n_candidates -= 1;
2193 }
2194 else
2195 j += 1;
2196 }
2197 }
2198 }
2199
2200 if (n_candidates == 0)
2201 error ("No definition found for %s",
2202 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2203 else if (n_candidates == 1)
2204 i = 0;
2205 else if (deprocedure_p
2206 && ! is_nonfunction (candidate_syms, n_candidates))
2207 {
2208 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2209 n_candidates, NULL, 0,
2210 exp->elts[pc + 2].name, context_type);
2211 if (i < 0)
2212 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2213 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
2214 }
2215 else
2216 {
2217 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n",
2218 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc+2].name));
2219 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2220 n_candidates, 1);
2221 i = 0;
2222 }
2223
2224 exp->elts[pc].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2225 exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2226 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2227 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2228 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2229 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2230 } */
2231 /* FALL THROUGH */
2232
2233 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
2234 if (deprocedure_p &&
2235 TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) ==
2236 TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2237 {
2238 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 0,
2239 exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol,
2240 exp->elts[pc + 1].block);
2241 exp = *expp;
2242 }
2243 break;
2244
2245 case OP_FUNCALL:
2246 {
2247 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
2248 /* if (exp->elts[pc+3].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
2249 {
2250 struct symbol** candidate_syms;
2251 struct block** candidate_blocks;
2252 int n_candidates;
2253
2254 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].name,
2255 exp->elts[pc + 4].block,
2256 VAR_DOMAIN,
2257 &candidate_syms,
2258 &candidate_blocks);
2259 if (n_candidates == 1)
2260 i = 0;
2261 else
2262 {
2263 i = ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2264 n_candidates, argvec, nargs-1,
2265 exp->elts[pc + 5].name, context_type);
2266 if (i < 0)
2267 error ("Could not find a match for %s",
2268 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
2269 }
2270
2271 exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = exp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2272 exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidate_blocks[i];
2273 exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidate_syms[i];
2274 if (innermost_block == NULL ||
2275 contained_in (candidate_blocks[i], innermost_block))
2276 innermost_block = candidate_blocks[i];
2277 } */
2278
2279 }
2280 break;
2281 case BINOP_ADD:
2282 case BINOP_SUB:
2283 case BINOP_MUL:
2284 case BINOP_DIV:
2285 case BINOP_REM:
2286 case BINOP_MOD:
2287 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2288 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2289 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2290 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2291 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2292 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2293 case BINOP_LESS:
2294 case BINOP_GTR:
2295 case BINOP_LEQ:
2296 case BINOP_GEQ:
2297 case BINOP_EXP:
2298 case UNOP_NEG:
2299 case UNOP_PLUS:
2300 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2301 case UNOP_ABS:
2302 if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec))
2303 {
2304 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
2305 struct block **candidate_blocks;
2306 int n_candidates;
2307
2308 n_candidates =
2309 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (ada_op_name (op)),
2310 (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN,
2311 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
2312 i =
2313 ada_resolve_function (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks,
2314 n_candidates, argvec, nargs,
2315 ada_op_name (op), NULL);
2316 if (i < 0)
2317 break;
2318
2319 replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1,
2320 candidate_syms[i], candidate_blocks[i]);
2321 exp = *expp;
2322 }
2323 break;
2324 }
2325
2326 *pos = pc;
2327 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos);
2328 }
2329
2330 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
2331 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
2332 a non-pointer. */
2333 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
2334 liberal. FIXME: TOO liberal, in fact. */
2335
2336 static int
2337 ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref)
2338 {
2339 CHECK_TYPEDEF (ftype);
2340 CHECK_TYPEDEF (atype);
2341
2342 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2343 ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype);
2344 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
2345 atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype);
2346
2347 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
2348 || TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
2349 return 1;
2350
2351 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype))
2352 {
2353 default:
2354 return 1;
2355 case TYPE_CODE_PTR:
2356 if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
2357 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype),
2358 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0);
2359 else
2360 return (may_deref &&
2361 ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0));
2362 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2363 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2364 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2365 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype))
2366 {
2367 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2368 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2369 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2370 return 1;
2371 default:
2372 return 0;
2373 }
2374
2375 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
2376 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2377 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2378
2379 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
2380 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (ftype))
2381 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2382 || ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2383 else
2384 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2385 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (atype));
2386
2387 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
2388 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2389 return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype));
2390 }
2391 }
2392
2393 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
2394 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
2395 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
2396 argument function. */
2397
2398 static int
2399 ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals)
2400 {
2401 int i;
2402 struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func);
2403
2404 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST &&
2405 TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2406 return (n_actuals == 0);
2407 else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2408 return 0;
2409
2410 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals)
2411 return 0;
2412
2413 for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1)
2414 {
2415 struct type *ftype = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i));
2416 struct type *atype = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]));
2417
2418 if (!ada_type_match (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, i),
2419 VALUE_TYPE (actuals[i]), 1))
2420 return 0;
2421 }
2422 return 1;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
2426 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
2427 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
2428 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
2429
2430 static int
2431 return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type)
2432 {
2433 struct type *return_type;
2434
2435 if (func_type == NULL)
2436 return 1;
2437
2438 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2439 /* if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
2440 return_type = base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type));
2441 else
2442 return_type = base_type (func_type); */
2443 if (return_type == NULL)
2444 return 1;
2445
2446 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in valarith.c */
2447 /* context_type = base_type (context_type); */
2448
2449 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2450 return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type;
2451 else if (context_type == NULL)
2452 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID;
2453 else
2454 return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type);
2455 }
2456
2457
2458 /* Return the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] of symbol for the
2459 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
2460 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null, and there is at least one match
2461 that returns type CONTEXT_TYPE, then eliminate other matches. If
2462 CONTEXT_TYPE is null, prefer a non-void-returning function.
2463 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
2464 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
2465 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
2466 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. BLOCKS
2467 is modified in parallel to SYMS. */
2468
2469 int
2470 ada_resolve_function (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[],
2471 int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs,
2472 const char *name, struct type *context_type)
2473 {
2474 int k;
2475 int m; /* Number of hits */
2476 struct type *fallback;
2477 struct type *return_type;
2478
2479 return_type = context_type;
2480 if (context_type == NULL)
2481 fallback = builtin_type_void;
2482 else
2483 fallback = NULL;
2484
2485 m = 0;
2486 while (1)
2487 {
2488 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
2489 {
2490 struct type *type = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]));
2491
2492 if (ada_args_match (syms[k], args, nargs)
2493 && return_match (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k]), return_type))
2494 {
2495 syms[m] = syms[k];
2496 if (blocks != NULL)
2497 blocks[m] = blocks[k];
2498 m += 1;
2499 }
2500 }
2501 if (m > 0 || return_type == fallback)
2502 break;
2503 else
2504 return_type = fallback;
2505 }
2506
2507 if (m == 0)
2508 return -1;
2509 else if (m > 1)
2510 {
2511 printf_filtered ("Multiple matches for %s\n", name);
2512 user_select_syms (syms, blocks, m, 1);
2513 return 0;
2514 }
2515 return 0;
2516 }
2517
2518 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff demangled name N0 should appear before N1 */
2519 /* in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). */
2520 /* The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the */
2521 /* same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering */
2522 /* such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
2523 static int
2524 mangled_ordered_before (char *N0, char *N1)
2525 {
2526 if (N1 == NULL)
2527 return 0;
2528 else if (N0 == NULL)
2529 return 1;
2530 else
2531 {
2532 int k0, k1;
2533 for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1)
2534 ;
2535 for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1)
2536 ;
2537 if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000'
2538 && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000')
2539 {
2540 int n0, n1;
2541 n0 = k0;
2542 while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_')
2543 n0 -= 1;
2544 n1 = k1;
2545 while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_')
2546 n1 -= 1;
2547 if (n0 == n1 && STREQN (N0, N1, n0))
2548 return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1));
2549 }
2550 return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0);
2551 }
2552 }
2553
2554 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by their */
2555 /* mangled names, rearranging BLOCKS[0..NSYMS-1] according to the same */
2556 /* permutation. */
2557 static void
2558 sort_choices (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms)
2559 {
2560 int i, j;
2561 for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2562 {
2563 struct symbol *sym = syms[i];
2564 struct block *block = blocks[i];
2565 int j;
2566
2567 for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
2568 {
2569 if (mangled_ordered_before (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]),
2570 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
2571 break;
2572 syms[j + 1] = syms[j];
2573 blocks[j + 1] = blocks[j];
2574 }
2575 syms[j + 1] = sym;
2576 blocks[j + 1] = block;
2577 }
2578 }
2579
2580 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS and corresponding blocks in */
2581 /* BLOCKS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 by asking the user (if */
2582 /* necessary), returning the number selected, and setting the first */
2583 /* elements of SYMS and BLOCKS to the selected symbols and */
2584 /* corresponding blocks. Error if no symbols selected. BLOCKS may */
2585 /* be NULL, in which case it is ignored. */
2586
2587 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
2588 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
2589
2590 int
2591 user_select_syms (struct symbol *syms[], struct block *blocks[], int nsyms,
2592 int max_results)
2593 {
2594 int i;
2595 int *chosen = (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms);
2596 int n_chosen;
2597 int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2;
2598
2599 if (max_results < 1)
2600 error ("Request to select 0 symbols!");
2601 if (nsyms <= 1)
2602 return nsyms;
2603
2604 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
2605 if (max_results > 1)
2606 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
2607
2608 sort_choices (syms, blocks, nsyms);
2609
2610 for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1)
2611 {
2612 if (syms[i] == NULL)
2613 continue;
2614
2615 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
2616 {
2617 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_function_start_sal (syms[i], 1);
2618 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2619 i + first_choice,
2620 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2621 sal.symtab == NULL
2622 ? "<no source file available>"
2623 : sal.symtab->filename, sal.line);
2624 continue;
2625 }
2626 else
2627 {
2628 int is_enumeral =
2629 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_CONST
2630 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]) != NULL
2631 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM);
2632 struct symtab *symtab = symtab_for_sym (syms[i]);
2633
2634 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]) != 0 && symtab != NULL)
2635 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n",
2636 i + first_choice,
2637 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2638 symtab->filename, SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i]));
2639 else if (is_enumeral && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != NULL)
2640 {
2641 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice);
2642 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i]), NULL, gdb_stdout, -1, 0);
2643 printf_unfiltered ("'(%s) (enumeral)\n",
2644 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2645 }
2646 else if (symtab != NULL)
2647 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2648 ? "[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n"
2649 : "[%d] %s at %s:?\n",
2650 i + first_choice,
2651 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]),
2652 symtab->filename);
2653 else
2654 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
2655 ? "[%d] %s (enumeral)\n"
2656 : "[%d] %s at ?\n",
2657 i + first_choice,
2658 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms[i]));
2659 }
2660 }
2661
2662 n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1,
2663 "overload-choice");
2664
2665 for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1)
2666 {
2667 syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]];
2668 if (blocks != NULL)
2669 blocks[i] = blocks[chosen[i]];
2670 }
2671
2672 return n_chosen;
2673 }
2674
2675 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
2676 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
2677 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
2678
2679 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
2680 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
2681
2682 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
2683 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
2684 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
2685
2686 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
2687
2688 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
2689 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
2690
2691 int
2692 get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results,
2693 int is_all_choice, char *annotation_suffix)
2694 {
2695 int i;
2696 char *args;
2697 const char *prompt;
2698 int n_chosen;
2699 int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1;
2700
2701 prompt = getenv ("PS2");
2702 if (prompt == NULL)
2703 prompt = ">";
2704
2705 printf_unfiltered ("%s ", prompt);
2706 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
2707
2708 args = command_line_input ((char *) NULL, 0, annotation_suffix);
2709
2710 if (args == NULL)
2711 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2712
2713 n_chosen = 0;
2714
2715 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
2716 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
2717 while (1)
2718 {
2719 char *args2;
2720 int choice, j;
2721
2722 while (isspace (*args))
2723 args += 1;
2724 if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0)
2725 error_no_arg ("one or more choice numbers");
2726 else if (*args == '\0')
2727 break;
2728
2729 choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10);
2730 if (args == args2 || choice < 0
2731 || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1)
2732 error ("Argument must be choice number");
2733 args = args2;
2734
2735 if (choice == 0)
2736 error ("cancelled");
2737
2738 if (choice < first_choice)
2739 {
2740 n_chosen = n_choices;
2741 for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1)
2742 choices[j] = j;
2743 break;
2744 }
2745 choice -= first_choice;
2746
2747 for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1)
2748 {
2749 }
2750
2751 if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j])
2752 {
2753 int k;
2754 for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1)
2755 choices[k + 1] = choices[k];
2756 choices[j + 1] = choice;
2757 n_chosen += 1;
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 if (n_chosen > max_results)
2762 error ("Select no more than %d of the above", max_results);
2763
2764 return n_chosen;
2765 }
2766
2767 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call */
2768 /* on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS */
2769 /* arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
2770
2771 static void
2772 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression **expp, int pc, int nargs,
2773 int oplen, struct symbol *sym,
2774 struct block *block)
2775 {
2776 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
2777 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
2778 struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *)
2779 xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression)
2780 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen));
2781 struct expression *exp = *expp;
2782
2783 newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen;
2784 newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn;
2785 memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc));
2786 memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen,
2787 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen));
2788
2789 newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL;
2790 newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs;
2791
2792 newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE;
2793 newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block;
2794 newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym;
2795
2796 *expp = newexp;
2797 xfree (exp);
2798 }
2799
2800 /* Type-class predicates */
2801
2802 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), or */
2803 /* FLOAT.) */
2804
2805 static int
2806 numeric_type_p (struct type *type)
2807 {
2808 if (type == NULL)
2809 return 0;
2810 else
2811 {
2812 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2813 {
2814 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2815 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2816 return 1;
2817 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2818 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2819 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2820 default:
2821 return 0;
2822 }
2823 }
2824 }
2825
2826 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
2827
2828 static int
2829 integer_type_p (struct type *type)
2830 {
2831 if (type == NULL)
2832 return 0;
2833 else
2834 {
2835 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2836 {
2837 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2838 return 1;
2839 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2840 return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)
2841 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)));
2842 default:
2843 return 0;
2844 }
2845 }
2846 }
2847
2848 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
2849
2850 static int
2851 scalar_type_p (struct type *type)
2852 {
2853 if (type == NULL)
2854 return 0;
2855 else
2856 {
2857 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2858 {
2859 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2860 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2861 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2862 case TYPE_CODE_FLT:
2863 return 1;
2864 default:
2865 return 0;
2866 }
2867 }
2868 }
2869
2870 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
2871
2872 static int
2873 discrete_type_p (struct type *type)
2874 {
2875 if (type == NULL)
2876 return 0;
2877 else
2878 {
2879 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
2880 {
2881 case TYPE_CODE_INT:
2882 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
2883 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM:
2884 return 1;
2885 default:
2886 return 0;
2887 }
2888 }
2889 }
2890
2891 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operatands in the vector ARGS could be
2892 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
2893 (i.e., result 0). */
2894
2895 static int
2896 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[])
2897 {
2898 struct type *type0 = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[0]));
2899 struct type *type1 =
2900 (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (args[1]));
2901
2902 switch (op)
2903 {
2904 default:
2905 return 0;
2906
2907 case BINOP_ADD:
2908 case BINOP_SUB:
2909 case BINOP_MUL:
2910 case BINOP_DIV:
2911 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1)));
2912
2913 case BINOP_REM:
2914 case BINOP_MOD:
2915 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
2916 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
2917 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
2918 return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2919
2920 case BINOP_EQUAL:
2921 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
2922 case BINOP_LESS:
2923 case BINOP_GTR:
2924 case BINOP_LEQ:
2925 case BINOP_GEQ:
2926 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1)));
2927
2928 case BINOP_CONCAT:
2929 return ((TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2930 (TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2931 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))
2932 != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2933 || (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY &&
2934 (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_PTR ||
2935 TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type1)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)));
2936
2937 case BINOP_EXP:
2938 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1)));
2939
2940 case UNOP_NEG:
2941 case UNOP_PLUS:
2942 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
2943 case UNOP_ABS:
2944 return (!numeric_type_p (type0));
2945
2946 }
2947 }
2948 \f
2949 /* Renaming */
2950
2951 /** NOTE: In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
2952 * have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
2953 * point. */
2954
2955 /* If TYPE encodes a renaming, returns the renaming suffix, which
2956 * is XR for an object renaming, XRP for a procedure renaming, XRE for
2957 * an exception renaming, and XRS for a subprogram renaming. Returns
2958 * NULL if NAME encodes none of these. */
2959 const char *
2960 ada_renaming_type (struct type *type)
2961 {
2962 if (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
2963 {
2964 const char *name = type_name_no_tag (type);
2965 const char *suffix = (name == NULL) ? NULL : strstr (name, "___XR");
2966 if (suffix == NULL
2967 || (suffix[5] != '\000' && strchr ("PES_", suffix[5]) == NULL))
2968 return NULL;
2969 else
2970 return suffix + 3;
2971 }
2972 else
2973 return NULL;
2974 }
2975
2976 /* Return non-zero iff SYM encodes an object renaming. */
2977 int
2978 ada_is_object_renaming (struct symbol *sym)
2979 {
2980 const char *renaming_type = ada_renaming_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
2981 return renaming_type != NULL
2982 && (renaming_type[2] == '\0' || renaming_type[2] == '_');
2983 }
2984
2985 /* Assuming that SYM encodes a non-object renaming, returns the original
2986 * name of the renamed entity. The name is good until the end of
2987 * parsing. */
2988 const char *
2989 ada_simple_renamed_entity (struct symbol *sym)
2990 {
2991 struct type *type;
2992 const char *raw_name;
2993 int len;
2994 char *result;
2995
2996 type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
2997 if (type == NULL || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) < 1)
2998 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
2999
3000 raw_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0);
3001 len = (raw_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen (raw_name)) - 5;
3002 if (len <= 0)
3003 error ("Improperly encoded renaming.");
3004
3005 result = xmalloc (len + 1);
3006 /* FIXME: add_name_string_cleanup should be defined in parse.c */
3007 /* add_name_string_cleanup (result); */
3008 strncpy (result, raw_name, len);
3009 result[len] = '\000';
3010 return result;
3011 }
3012 \f
3013
3014 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3015
3016 /* Copy VAL onto the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack
3017 pointer. Return VAL as an lvalue. */
3018
3019 static struct value *
3020 place_on_stack (struct value *val, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3021 {
3022 CORE_ADDR old_sp = *sp;
3023
3024 #ifdef STACK_ALIGN
3025 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3026 STACK_ALIGN (TYPE_LENGTH
3027 (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val)))));
3028 #else
3029 *sp = push_bytes (*sp, VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3030 TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val))));
3031 #endif
3032
3033 VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory;
3034 if (INNER_THAN (1, 2))
3035 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = *sp;
3036 else
3037 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) = old_sp;
3038
3039 return val;
3040 }
3041
3042 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
3043 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
3044 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
3045 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
3046
3047 static struct value *
3048 convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0,
3049 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3050 {
3051 struct type *actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3052 struct type *formal_type = check_typedef (formal_type0);
3053 struct type *formal_target =
3054 TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3055 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type;
3056 struct type *actual_target =
3057 TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3058 ? check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type;
3059
3060 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (formal_target)
3061 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
3062 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual, sp);
3063 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3064 {
3065 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3066 && ada_is_array_descriptor (actual_target))
3067 return desc_data (actual);
3068 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3069 {
3070 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory)
3071 {
3072 struct value *val;
3073 actual_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (actual));
3074 val = allocate_value (actual_type);
3075 memcpy ((char *) VALUE_CONTENTS_RAW (val),
3076 (char *) VALUE_CONTENTS (actual),
3077 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type));
3078 actual = place_on_stack (val, sp);
3079 }
3080 return value_addr (actual);
3081 }
3082 }
3083 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3084 return ada_value_ind (actual);
3085
3086 return actual;
3087 }
3088
3089
3090 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
3091 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
3092 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
3093 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value*
3094 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
3095
3096 static struct value *
3097 make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr, CORE_ADDR *sp)
3098 {
3099 struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type);
3100 struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type);
3101 struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type);
3102 struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type);
3103 CORE_ADDR bounds_addr;
3104 int i;
3105
3106 for (i = ada_array_arity (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arr))); i > 0; i -= 1)
3107 {
3108 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3109 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0)),
3110 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0),
3111 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0));
3112 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (bounds),
3113 value_as_long (ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1)),
3114 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1),
3115 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1));
3116 }
3117
3118 bounds = place_on_stack (bounds, sp);
3119
3120 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3121 arr,
3122 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type),
3123 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type));
3124 modify_general_field (VALUE_CONTENTS (descriptor),
3125 VALUE_ADDRESS (bounds),
3126 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type),
3127 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type));
3128
3129 descriptor = place_on_stack (descriptor, sp);
3130
3131 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
3132 return value_addr (descriptor);
3133 else
3134 return descriptor;
3135 }
3136
3137
3138 /* Assuming a dummy frame has been established on the target, perform any
3139 conversions needed for calling function FUNC on the NARGS actual
3140 parameters in ARGS, other than standard C conversions. Does
3141 nothing if FUNC does not have Ada-style prototype data, or if NARGS
3142 does not match the number of arguments expected. Use *SP as a
3143 stack pointer for additional data that must be pushed, updating its
3144 value as needed. */
3145
3146 void
3147 ada_convert_actuals (struct value *func, int nargs, struct value *args[],
3148 CORE_ADDR *sp)
3149 {
3150 int i;
3151
3152 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)) == 0
3153 || nargs != TYPE_NFIELDS (VALUE_TYPE (func)))
3154 return;
3155
3156 for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1)
3157 args[i] =
3158 convert_actual (args[i], TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (func), i), sp);
3159 }
3160 \f
3161
3162 /* Symbol Lookup */
3163
3164
3165 /* The vectors of symbols and blocks ultimately returned from */
3166 /* ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
3167
3168 /* Current size of defn_symbols and defn_blocks */
3169 static size_t defn_vector_size = 0;
3170
3171 /* Current number of symbols found. */
3172 static int ndefns = 0;
3173
3174 static struct symbol **defn_symbols = NULL;
3175 static struct block **defn_blocks = NULL;
3176
3177 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
3178 * given DOMAIN. */
3179
3180 static struct symbol *
3181 standard_lookup (const char *name, domain_enum domain)
3182 {
3183 struct symbol *sym;
3184 sym = lookup_symbol (name, (struct block *) NULL, domain, 0, NULL);
3185 return sym;
3186 }
3187
3188
3189 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol */
3190 /* in SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, since they */
3191 /* contend in overloading in the same way. */
3192 static int
3193 is_nonfunction (struct symbol *syms[], int n)
3194 {
3195 int i;
3196
3197 for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1)
3198 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
3199 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3200 return 1;
3201
3202 return 0;
3203 }
3204
3205 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
3206 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
3207
3208 static int
3209 equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
3210 {
3211 if (type0 == type1)
3212 return 1;
3213 if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL
3214 || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1))
3215 return 0;
3216 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3217 || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
3218 && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL
3219 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)))
3220 return 1;
3221
3222 return 0;
3223 }
3224
3225 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
3226 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
3227
3228 static int
3229 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1)
3230 {
3231 if (sym0 == sym1)
3232 return 1;
3233 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1)
3234 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1))
3235 return 0;
3236
3237 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0))
3238 {
3239 case LOC_UNDEF:
3240 return 1;
3241 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3242 {
3243 struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0);
3244 struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1);
3245 char *name0 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym0);
3246 char *name1 = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym1);
3247 int len0 = strlen (name0);
3248 return
3249 TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1)
3250 && (equiv_types (type0, type1)
3251 || (len0 < strlen (name1) && STREQN (name0, name1, len0)
3252 && STREQN (name1 + len0, "___XV", 5)));
3253 }
3254 case LOC_CONST:
3255 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1)
3256 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1));
3257 default:
3258 return 0;
3259 }
3260 }
3261
3262 /* Append SYM to the end of defn_symbols, and BLOCK to the end of
3263 defn_blocks, updating ndefns, and expanding defn_symbols and
3264 defn_blocks as needed. Do not include SYM if it is a duplicate. */
3265
3266 static void
3267 add_defn_to_vec (struct symbol *sym, struct block *block)
3268 {
3269 int i;
3270 size_t tmp;
3271
3272 if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) != NULL)
3273 CHECK_TYPEDEF (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
3274 for (i = 0; i < ndefns; i += 1)
3275 {
3276 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, defn_symbols[i]))
3277 return;
3278 else if (lesseq_defined_than (defn_symbols[i], sym))
3279 {
3280 defn_symbols[i] = sym;
3281 defn_blocks[i] = block;
3282 return;
3283 }
3284 }
3285
3286 tmp = defn_vector_size;
3287 GROW_VECT (defn_symbols, tmp, ndefns + 2);
3288 GROW_VECT (defn_blocks, defn_vector_size, ndefns + 2);
3289
3290 defn_symbols[ndefns] = sym;
3291 defn_blocks[ndefns] = block;
3292 ndefns += 1;
3293 }
3294
3295 /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given domain.
3296 Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not. Do
3297 wild-card match if WILD. */
3298
3299 static struct partial_symbol *
3300 ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab *pst, const char *name,
3301 int global, domain_enum domain, int wild)
3302 {
3303 struct partial_symbol **start;
3304 int name_len = strlen (name);
3305 int length = (global ? pst->n_global_syms : pst->n_static_syms);
3306 int i;
3307
3308 if (length == 0)
3309 {
3310 return (NULL);
3311 }
3312
3313 start = (global ?
3314 pst->objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset :
3315 pst->objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
3316
3317 if (wild)
3318 {
3319 for (i = 0; i < length; i += 1)
3320 {
3321 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3322
3323 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain &&
3324 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)))
3325 return psym;
3326 }
3327 return NULL;
3328 }
3329 else
3330 {
3331 if (global)
3332 {
3333 int U;
3334 i = 0;
3335 U = length - 1;
3336 while (U - i > 4)
3337 {
3338 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3339 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3340 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < name[0])
3341 i = M + 1;
3342 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > name[0])
3343 U = M - 1;
3344 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name) < 0)
3345 i = M + 1;
3346 else
3347 U = M;
3348 }
3349 }
3350 else
3351 i = 0;
3352
3353 while (i < length)
3354 {
3355 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3356
3357 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain)
3358 {
3359 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), name_len);
3360
3361 if (cmp < 0)
3362 {
3363 if (global)
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 else if (cmp == 0
3367 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len))
3368 return psym;
3369 }
3370 i += 1;
3371 }
3372
3373 if (global)
3374 {
3375 int U;
3376 i = 0;
3377 U = length - 1;
3378 while (U - i > 4)
3379 {
3380 int M = (U + i) >> 1;
3381 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[M];
3382 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] < '_')
3383 i = M + 1;
3384 else if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0] > '_')
3385 U = M - 1;
3386 else if (strcmp (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), "_ada_") < 0)
3387 i = M + 1;
3388 else
3389 U = M;
3390 }
3391 }
3392 else
3393 i = 0;
3394
3395 while (i < length)
3396 {
3397 struct partial_symbol *psym = start[i];
3398
3399 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym) == domain)
3400 {
3401 int cmp;
3402
3403 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[0];
3404 if (cmp == 0)
3405 {
3406 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym), 5);
3407 if (cmp == 0)
3408 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + 5, name_len);
3409 }
3410
3411 if (cmp < 0)
3412 {
3413 if (global)
3414 break;
3415 }
3416 else if (cmp == 0
3417 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (psym) + name_len + 5))
3418 return psym;
3419 }
3420 i += 1;
3421 }
3422
3423 }
3424 return NULL;
3425 }
3426
3427
3428 /* Find a symbol table containing symbol SYM or NULL if none. */
3429 static struct symtab *
3430 symtab_for_sym (struct symbol *sym)
3431 {
3432 struct symtab *s;
3433 struct objfile *objfile;
3434 struct block *b;
3435 struct symbol *tmp_sym;
3436 int i, j;
3437
3438 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3439 {
3440 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3441 {
3442 case LOC_CONST:
3443 case LOC_STATIC:
3444 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3445 case LOC_REGISTER:
3446 case LOC_LABEL:
3447 case LOC_BLOCK:
3448 case LOC_CONST_BYTES:
3449 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3450 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3451 return s;
3452 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
3453 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3454 return s;
3455 break;
3456 default:
3457 break;
3458 }
3459 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3460 {
3461 case LOC_REGISTER:
3462 case LOC_ARG:
3463 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3464 case LOC_REGPARM:
3465 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3466 case LOC_LOCAL:
3467 case LOC_TYPEDEF:
3468 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3469 case LOC_BASEREG:
3470 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3471 case LOC_COMPUTED:
3472 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3473 for (j = FIRST_LOCAL_BLOCK;
3474 j < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (BLOCKVECTOR (s)); j += 1)
3475 {
3476 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), j);
3477 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, tmp_sym) if (sym == tmp_sym)
3478 return s;
3479 }
3480 break;
3481 default:
3482 break;
3483 }
3484 }
3485 return NULL;
3486 }
3487
3488 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada demangling
3489 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. */
3490
3491 struct minimal_symbol *
3492 ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (const char *name)
3493 {
3494 struct objfile *objfile;
3495 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3496 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3497
3498 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3499 {
3500 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match)
3501 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline)
3502 return msymbol;
3503 }
3504
3505 return NULL;
3506 }
3507
3508 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
3509 * selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN
3510 * and their blocks to vectors *defn_symbols and *defn_blocks, as for
3511 * ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3512 * wildcard prefix. At the moment, this function uses a heuristic to
3513 * find the frames of enclosing subprograms: it treats the
3514 * pointer-sized value at location 0 from the local-variable base of a
3515 * frame as a static link, and then searches up the call stack for a
3516 * frame with that same local-variable base. */
3517 static void
3518 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (const char *name, domain_enum domain,
3519 int wild_match)
3520 {
3521 #ifdef i386
3522 static struct symbol static_link_sym;
3523 static struct symbol *static_link;
3524
3525 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
3526 struct frame_info *frame;
3527 struct frame_info *target_frame;
3528
3529 if (static_link == NULL)
3530 {
3531 /* Initialize the local variable symbol that stands for the
3532 * static link (when it exists). */
3533 static_link = &static_link_sym;
3534 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (static_link) = "";
3535 SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (static_link) = language_unknown;
3536 SYMBOL_CLASS (static_link) = LOC_LOCAL;
3537 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (static_link) = VAR_DOMAIN;
3538 SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link) = lookup_pointer_type (builtin_type_void);
3539 SYMBOL_VALUE (static_link) =
3540 -(long) TYPE_LENGTH (SYMBOL_TYPE (static_link));
3541 }
3542
3543 frame = deprecated_selected_frame;
3544 while (frame != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3545 {
3546 struct block *block;
3547 struct value *target_link_val = read_var_value (static_link, frame);
3548 CORE_ADDR target_link;
3549
3550 if (target_link_val == NULL)
3551 break;
3552 QUIT;
3553
3554 target_link = target_link_val;
3555 do
3556 {
3557 QUIT;
3558 frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
3559 }
3560 while (frame != NULL && FRAME_LOCALS_ADDRESS (frame) != target_link);
3561
3562 if (frame == NULL)
3563 break;
3564
3565 block = get_frame_block (frame, 0);
3566 while (block != NULL && block_function (block) != NULL && ndefns == 0)
3567 {
3568 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match);
3569
3570 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3571 }
3572 }
3573
3574 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3575 #endif
3576 }
3577
3578 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
3579 * for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
3580 static int
3581 is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type)
3582 {
3583 char *name = ada_type_name (type);
3584 return (name != NULL && STREQ (name, "<variable, no debug info>"));
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
3588 * duplicate other symbols in the list. (The only case I know of where
3589 * this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
3590 * linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
3591 * debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted symbols,
3592 * and applies the same modification to BLOCKS to maintain the
3593 * correspondence between SYMS[i] and BLOCKS[i]. Returns the number
3594 * of symbols in the modified list. */
3595 static int
3596 remove_extra_symbols (struct symbol **syms, struct block **blocks, int nsyms)
3597 {
3598 int i, j;
3599
3600 i = 0;
3601 while (i < nsyms)
3602 {
3603 if (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]) != NULL
3604 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == LOC_STATIC
3605 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i])))
3606 {
3607 for (j = 0; j < nsyms; j += 1)
3608 {
3609 if (i != j
3610 && DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]) != NULL
3611 && STREQ (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[i]), DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (syms[j]))
3612 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i]) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[j])
3613 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[i])
3614 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms[j]))
3615 {
3616 int k;
3617 for (k = i + 1; k < nsyms; k += 1)
3618 {
3619 syms[k - 1] = syms[k];
3620 blocks[k - 1] = blocks[k];
3621 }
3622 nsyms -= 1;
3623 goto NextSymbol;
3624 }
3625 }
3626 }
3627 i += 1;
3628 NextSymbol:
3629 ;
3630 }
3631 return nsyms;
3632 }
3633
3634 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3635 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
3636 *SYMS to point to a vector of matching symbols, with *BLOCKS
3637 pointing to the vector of corresponding blocks in which those
3638 symbols reside. These two vectors are transient---good only to the
3639 next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral symbol
3640 match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
3641 is the outermost match returned (no other matches in that or
3642 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
3643 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. */
3644
3645 int
3646 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3647 domain_enum domain, struct symbol ***syms,
3648 struct block ***blocks)
3649 {
3650 struct symbol *sym;
3651 struct symtab *s;
3652 struct partial_symtab *ps;
3653 struct blockvector *bv;
3654 struct objfile *objfile;
3655 struct block *b;
3656 struct block *block;
3657 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
3658 int wild_match = (strstr (name, "__") == NULL);
3659 int cacheIfUnique;
3660
3661 #ifdef TIMING
3662 markTimeStart (0);
3663 #endif
3664
3665 ndefns = 0;
3666 cacheIfUnique = 0;
3667
3668 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
3669
3670 block = block0;
3671 while (block != NULL)
3672 {
3673 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, NULL, wild_match);
3674
3675 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
3676 if (is_nonfunction (defn_symbols, ndefns))
3677 goto done;
3678
3679 block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
3680 }
3681
3682 /* If we found ANY matches in the specified BLOCK, we're done. */
3683
3684 if (ndefns > 0)
3685 goto done;
3686
3687 cacheIfUnique = 1;
3688
3689 /* Now add symbols from all global blocks: symbol tables, minimal symbol
3690 tables, and psymtab's */
3691
3692 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3693 {
3694 QUIT;
3695 if (!s->primary)
3696 continue;
3697 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3698 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3699 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3700 }
3701
3702 if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN)
3703 {
3704 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
3705 {
3706 if (ada_match_name (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol), name, wild_match))
3707 {
3708 switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol))
3709 {
3710 case mst_solib_trampoline:
3711 break;
3712 default:
3713 s = find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol));
3714 if (s != NULL)
3715 {
3716 int old_ndefns = ndefns;
3717 QUIT;
3718 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3719 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3720 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3721 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3722 domain, objfile, wild_match);
3723 if (ndefns == old_ndefns)
3724 {
3725 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3726 ada_add_block_symbols (block,
3727 DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (msymbol),
3728 domain, objfile,
3729 wild_match);
3730 }
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734 }
3735 }
3736
3737 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3738 {
3739 QUIT;
3740 if (!ps->readin
3741 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 1, domain, wild_match))
3742 {
3743 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3744 if (!s->primary)
3745 continue;
3746 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3747 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
3748 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3749 }
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits.
3753 (Not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error).
3754 Do the symtabs first, then check the psymtabs */
3755
3756 if (ndefns == 0)
3757 {
3758
3759 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
3760 {
3761 QUIT;
3762 if (!s->primary)
3763 continue;
3764 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3765 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3766 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain, objfile, wild_match);
3767 }
3768
3769 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
3770 {
3771 QUIT;
3772 if (!ps->readin
3773 && ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps, name, 0, domain, wild_match))
3774 {
3775 s = PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
3776 bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
3777 if (!s->primary)
3778 continue;
3779 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
3780 ada_add_block_symbols (block, name, domain,
3781 objfile, wild_match);
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785
3786 /* Finally, we try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
3787 enclosing block. We do this last, expecting this case to be
3788 rare. */
3789 if (ndefns == 0)
3790 {
3791 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (name, domain, wild_match);
3792 if (ndefns > 0)
3793 goto done;
3794 }
3795
3796 done:
3797 ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (defn_symbols, defn_blocks, ndefns);
3798
3799
3800 *syms = defn_symbols;
3801 *blocks = defn_blocks;
3802 #ifdef TIMING
3803 markTimeStop (0);
3804 #endif
3805 return ndefns;
3806 }
3807
3808 /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
3809 * scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded to
3810 * lower case first, unless it is surrounded in single quotes.
3811 * Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, but is
3812 * disambiguated by user query if needed. */
3813
3814 struct symbol *
3815 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, struct block *block0,
3816 domain_enum domain)
3817 {
3818 struct symbol **candidate_syms;
3819 struct block **candidate_blocks;
3820 int n_candidates;
3821
3822 n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name,
3823 block0, domain,
3824 &candidate_syms, &candidate_blocks);
3825
3826 if (n_candidates == 0)
3827 return NULL;
3828 else if (n_candidates != 1)
3829 user_select_syms (candidate_syms, candidate_blocks, n_candidates, 1);
3830
3831 return candidate_syms[0];
3832 }
3833
3834
3835 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
3836 * that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
3837 * names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
3838 * are given by the regular expression:
3839 * (X[nb]*)?(__[0-9]+|\$[0-9]+|___(LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
3840 *
3841 */
3842 static int
3843 is_name_suffix (const char *str)
3844 {
3845 int k;
3846 if (str[0] == 'X')
3847 {
3848 str += 1;
3849 while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0')
3850 {
3851 if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b')
3852 return 0;
3853 str += 1;
3854 }
3855 }
3856 if (str[0] == '\000')
3857 return 1;
3858 if (str[0] == '_')
3859 {
3860 if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000')
3861 return 0;
3862 if (str[2] == '_')
3863 {
3864 if (STREQ (str + 3, "LJM"))
3865 return 1;
3866 if (str[3] != 'X')
3867 return 0;
3868 if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' ||
3869 str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P')
3870 return 1;
3871 if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T')
3872 return 1;
3873 return 0;
3874 }
3875 for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3876 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3877 return 0;
3878 return 1;
3879 }
3880 if (str[0] == '$' && str[1] != '\000')
3881 {
3882 for (k = 1; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1)
3883 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
3884 return 0;
3885 return 1;
3886 }
3887 return 0;
3888 }
3889
3890 /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
3891 * PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
3892 * informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
3893 * true). */
3894 static int
3895 wild_match (const char *patn, int patn_len, const char *name)
3896 {
3897 int name_len;
3898 int s, e;
3899
3900 name_len = strlen (name);
3901 if (name_len >= patn_len + 5 && STREQN (name, "_ada_", 5)
3902 && STREQN (patn, name + 5, patn_len)
3903 && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len + 5))
3904 return 1;
3905
3906 while (name_len >= patn_len)
3907 {
3908 if (STREQN (patn, name, patn_len) && is_name_suffix (name + patn_len))
3909 return 1;
3910 do
3911 {
3912 name += 1;
3913 name_len -= 1;
3914 }
3915 while (name_len > 0
3916 && name[0] != '.' && (name[0] != '_' || name[1] != '_'));
3917 if (name_len <= 0)
3918 return 0;
3919 if (name[0] == '_')
3920 {
3921 if (!islower (name[2]))
3922 return 0;
3923 name += 2;
3924 name_len -= 2;
3925 }
3926 else
3927 {
3928 if (!islower (name[1]))
3929 return 0;
3930 name += 1;
3931 name_len -= 1;
3932 }
3933 }
3934
3935 return 0;
3936 }
3937
3938
3939 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to
3940 vector *defn_symbols, updating *defn_symbols (if necessary), *SZ (the size of
3941 the vector *defn_symbols), and *ndefns (the number of symbols
3942 currently stored in *defn_symbols). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
3943 wildcard prefix. OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */
3944
3945 static void
3946 ada_add_block_symbols (struct block *block, const char *name,
3947 domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile,
3948 int wild)
3949 {
3950 int i;
3951 int name_len = strlen (name);
3952 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
3953 struct symbol *arg_sym;
3954 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol */
3955 int found_sym;
3956 struct symbol *sym;
3957
3958 arg_sym = NULL;
3959 found_sym = 0;
3960 if (wild)
3961 {
3962 struct symbol *sym;
3963 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
3964 {
3965 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain &&
3966 wild_match (name, name_len, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)))
3967 {
3968 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
3969 {
3970 case LOC_ARG:
3971 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
3972 case LOC_REF_ARG:
3973 case LOC_REGPARM:
3974 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
3975 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
3976 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
3977 arg_sym = sym;
3978 break;
3979 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
3980 continue;
3981 default:
3982 found_sym = 1;
3983 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
3984 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), block);
3985 break;
3986 }
3987 }
3988 }
3989 }
3990 else
3991 {
3992 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
3993 {
3994 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain)
3995 {
3996 int cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), name_len);
3997
3998 if (cmp == 0
3999 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len))
4000 {
4001 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4002 {
4003 case LOC_ARG:
4004 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4005 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4006 case LOC_REGPARM:
4007 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4008 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4009 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4010 arg_sym = sym;
4011 break;
4012 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4013 break;
4014 default:
4015 found_sym = 1;
4016 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4017 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4018 block);
4019 break;
4020 }
4021 }
4022 }
4023 }
4024 }
4025
4026 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4027 {
4028 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4029 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4030 }
4031
4032 if (!wild)
4033 {
4034 arg_sym = NULL;
4035 found_sym = 0;
4036
4037 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, i, sym)
4038 {
4039 struct symbol *sym = BLOCK_SYM (block, i);
4040
4041 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == domain)
4042 {
4043 int cmp;
4044
4045 cmp = (int) '_' - (int) DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0];
4046 if (cmp == 0)
4047 {
4048 cmp = strncmp ("_ada_", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), 5);
4049 if (cmp == 0)
4050 cmp = strncmp (name, DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 5, name_len);
4051 }
4052
4053 if (cmp == 0
4054 && is_name_suffix (DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + name_len + 5))
4055 {
4056 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4057 {
4058 case LOC_ARG:
4059 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4060 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4061 case LOC_REGPARM:
4062 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4063 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4064 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4065 arg_sym = sym;
4066 break;
4067 case LOC_UNRESOLVED:
4068 break;
4069 default:
4070 found_sym = 1;
4071 fill_in_ada_prototype (sym);
4072 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile),
4073 block);
4074 break;
4075 }
4076 }
4077 }
4078 }
4079
4080 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
4081 They aren't parameters, right? */
4082 if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL)
4083 {
4084 fill_in_ada_prototype (arg_sym);
4085 add_defn_to_vec (fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), block);
4086 }
4087 }
4088 }
4089 \f
4090
4091 /* Function Types */
4092
4093 /* Assuming that SYM is the symbol for a function, fill in its type
4094 with prototype information, if it is not already there. */
4095
4096 static void
4097 fill_in_ada_prototype (struct symbol *func)
4098 {
4099 struct block *b;
4100 int nargs, nsyms;
4101 int i;
4102 struct type *ftype;
4103 struct type *rtype;
4104 size_t max_fields;
4105 struct symbol *sym;
4106
4107 if (func == NULL
4108 || TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
4109 || TYPE_FIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)) != NULL)
4110 return;
4111
4112 /* We make each function type unique, so that each may have its own */
4113 /* parameter types. This particular way of doing so wastes space: */
4114 /* it would be nicer to build the argument types while the original */
4115 /* function type is being built (FIXME). */
4116 rtype = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4117 ftype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (SYMBOL_TYPE (func)));
4118 make_function_type (rtype, &ftype);
4119 SYMBOL_TYPE (func) = ftype;
4120
4121 b = SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (func);
4122
4123 nargs = 0;
4124 max_fields = 8;
4125 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) =
4126 (struct field *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct field) * max_fields);
4127 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4128 {
4129 GROW_VECT (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), max_fields, nargs + 1);
4130
4131 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
4132 {
4133 case LOC_REF_ARG:
4134 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR:
4135 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4136 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4137 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4138 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) =
4139 lookup_pointer_type (check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)));
4140 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4141 nargs += 1;
4142
4143 break;
4144
4145 case LOC_ARG:
4146 case LOC_REGPARM:
4147 case LOC_LOCAL_ARG:
4148 case LOC_BASEREG_ARG:
4149 case LOC_COMPUTED_ARG:
4150 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (ftype, nargs) = nargs;
4151 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4152 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (ftype, nargs) = 0;
4153 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ftype, nargs) = check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
4154 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ftype, nargs) = DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
4155 nargs += 1;
4156
4157 break;
4158
4159 default:
4160 break;
4161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 /* Re-allocate fields vector; if there are no fields, make the */
4165 /* fields pointer non-null anyway, to mark that this function type */
4166 /* has been filled in. */
4167
4168 TYPE_NFIELDS (ftype) = nargs;
4169 if (nargs == 0)
4170 {
4171 static struct field dummy_field = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
4172 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4173 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = &dummy_field;
4174 }
4175 else
4176 {
4177 struct field *fields =
4178 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (ftype, nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4179 memcpy ((char *) fields,
4180 (char *) TYPE_FIELDS (ftype), nargs * sizeof (struct field));
4181 xfree (TYPE_FIELDS (ftype));
4182 TYPE_FIELDS (ftype) = fields;
4183 }
4184 }
4185 \f
4186
4187 /* Breakpoint-related */
4188
4189 char no_symtab_msg[] =
4190 "No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.";
4191
4192 /* Assuming that LINE is pointing at the beginning of an argument to
4193 'break', return a pointer to the delimiter for the initial segment
4194 of that name. This is the first ':', ' ', or end of LINE.
4195 */
4196 char *
4197 ada_start_decode_line_1 (char *line)
4198 {
4199 /* [NOTE: strpbrk would be more elegant, but I am reluctant to be
4200 the first to use such a library function in GDB code.] */
4201 char *p;
4202 for (p = line; *p != '\000' && *p != ' ' && *p != ':'; p += 1)
4203 ;
4204 return p;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* *SPEC points to a function and line number spec (as in a break
4208 command), following any initial file name specification.
4209
4210 Return all symbol table/line specfications (sals) consistent with the
4211 information in *SPEC and FILE_TABLE in the
4212 following sense:
4213 + FILE_TABLE is null, or the sal refers to a line in the file
4214 named by FILE_TABLE.
4215 + If *SPEC points to an argument with a trailing ':LINENUM',
4216 then the sal refers to that line (or one following it as closely as
4217 possible).
4218 + If *SPEC does not start with '*', the sal is in a function with
4219 that name.
4220
4221 Returns with 0 elements if no matching non-minimal symbols found.
4222
4223 If *SPEC begins with a function name of the form <NAME>, then NAME
4224 is taken as a literal name; otherwise the function name is subject
4225 to the usual mangling.
4226
4227 *SPEC is updated to point after the function/line number specification.
4228
4229 FUNFIRSTLINE is non-zero if we desire the first line of real code
4230 in each function (this is ignored in the presence of a LINENUM spec.).
4231
4232 If CANONICAL is non-NULL, and if any of the sals require a
4233 'canonical line spec', then *CANONICAL is set to point to an array
4234 of strings, corresponding to and equal in length to the returned
4235 list of sals, such that (*CANONICAL)[i] is non-null and contains a
4236 canonical line spec for the ith returned sal, if needed. If no
4237 canonical line specs are required and CANONICAL is non-null,
4238 *CANONICAL is set to NULL.
4239
4240 A 'canonical line spec' is simply a name (in the format of the
4241 breakpoint command) that uniquely identifies a breakpoint position,
4242 with no further contextual information or user selection. It is
4243 needed whenever the file name, function name, and line number
4244 information supplied is insufficient for this unique
4245 identification. Currently overloaded functions, the name '*',
4246 or static functions without a filename yield a canonical line spec.
4247 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap; it
4248 is the caller's responsibility to free them. */
4249
4250 struct symtabs_and_lines
4251 ada_finish_decode_line_1 (char **spec, struct symtab *file_table,
4252 int funfirstline, char ***canonical)
4253 {
4254 struct symbol **symbols;
4255 struct block **blocks;
4256 struct block *block;
4257 int n_matches, i, line_num;
4258 struct symtabs_and_lines selected;
4259 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4260 char *name;
4261
4262 int len;
4263 char *lower_name;
4264 char *unquoted_name;
4265
4266 if (file_table == NULL)
4267 block = get_selected_block (NULL);
4268 else
4269 block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (file_table), STATIC_BLOCK);
4270
4271 if (canonical != NULL)
4272 *canonical = (char **) NULL;
4273
4274 name = *spec;
4275 if (**spec == '*')
4276 *spec += 1;
4277 else
4278 {
4279 while (**spec != '\000' &&
4280 !strchr (ada_completer_word_break_characters, **spec))
4281 *spec += 1;
4282 }
4283 len = *spec - name;
4284
4285 line_num = -1;
4286 if (file_table != NULL && (*spec)[0] == ':' && isdigit ((*spec)[1]))
4287 {
4288 line_num = strtol (*spec + 1, spec, 10);
4289 while (**spec == ' ' || **spec == '\t')
4290 *spec += 1;
4291 }
4292
4293 if (name[0] == '*')
4294 {
4295 if (line_num == -1)
4296 error ("Wild-card function with no line number or file name.");
4297
4298 return all_sals_for_line (file_table->filename, line_num, canonical);
4299 }
4300
4301 if (name[0] == '\'')
4302 {
4303 name += 1;
4304 len -= 2;
4305 }
4306
4307 if (name[0] == '<')
4308 {
4309 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len - 1);
4310 memcpy (unquoted_name, name + 1, len - 2);
4311 unquoted_name[len - 2] = '\000';
4312 lower_name = NULL;
4313 }
4314 else
4315 {
4316 unquoted_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4317 memcpy (unquoted_name, name, len);
4318 unquoted_name[len] = '\000';
4319 lower_name = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
4320 for (i = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4321 lower_name[i] = tolower (name[i]);
4322 lower_name[len] = '\000';
4323 }
4324
4325 n_matches = 0;
4326 if (lower_name != NULL)
4327 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_mangle (lower_name), block,
4328 VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks);
4329 if (n_matches == 0)
4330 n_matches = ada_lookup_symbol_list (unquoted_name, block,
4331 VAR_DOMAIN, &symbols, &blocks);
4332 if (n_matches == 0 && line_num >= 0)
4333 error ("No line number information found for %s.", unquoted_name);
4334 else if (n_matches == 0)
4335 {
4336 #ifdef HPPA_COMPILER_BUG
4337 /* FIXME: See comment in symtab.c::decode_line_1 */
4338 #undef volatile
4339 volatile struct symtab_and_line val;
4340 #define volatile /*nothing */
4341 #else
4342 struct symtab_and_line val;
4343 #endif
4344 struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
4345
4346 init_sal (&val);
4347
4348 msymbol = NULL;
4349 if (lower_name != NULL)
4350 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (ada_mangle (lower_name));
4351 if (msymbol == NULL)
4352 msymbol = ada_lookup_minimal_symbol (unquoted_name);
4353 if (msymbol != NULL)
4354 {
4355 val.pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
4356 val.section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msymbol);
4357 if (funfirstline)
4358 {
4359 val.pc += FUNCTION_START_OFFSET;
4360 SKIP_PROLOGUE (val.pc);
4361 }
4362 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4363 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
4364 selected.sals[0] = val;
4365 selected.nelts = 1;
4366 return selected;
4367 }
4368
4369 if (!have_full_symbols () &&
4370 !have_partial_symbols () && !have_minimal_symbols ())
4371 error (no_symtab_msg);
4372
4373 error ("Function \"%s\" not defined.", unquoted_name);
4374 return selected; /* for lint */
4375 }
4376
4377 if (line_num >= 0)
4378 {
4379 return
4380 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (file_table->filename, line_num,
4381 symbols, n_matches);
4382 }
4383 else
4384 {
4385 selected.nelts =
4386 user_select_syms (symbols, blocks, n_matches, n_matches);
4387 }
4388
4389 selected.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
4390 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * selected.nelts);
4391 memset (selected.sals, 0, selected.nelts * sizeof (selected.sals[i]));
4392 make_cleanup (xfree, selected.sals);
4393
4394 i = 0;
4395 while (i < selected.nelts)
4396 {
4397 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[i]) == LOC_BLOCK)
4398 selected.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (symbols[i], funfirstline);
4399 else if (SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]) != 0)
4400 {
4401 selected.sals[i].symtab = symtab_for_sym (symbols[i]);
4402 selected.sals[i].line = SYMBOL_LINE (symbols[i]);
4403 }
4404 else if (line_num >= 0)
4405 {
4406 /* Ignore this choice */
4407 symbols[i] = symbols[selected.nelts - 1];
4408 blocks[i] = blocks[selected.nelts - 1];
4409 selected.nelts -= 1;
4410 continue;
4411 }
4412 else
4413 error ("Line number not known for symbol \"%s\"", unquoted_name);
4414 i += 1;
4415 }
4416
4417 if (canonical != NULL && (line_num >= 0 || n_matches > 1))
4418 {
4419 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * selected.nelts);
4420 for (i = 0; i < selected.nelts; i += 1)
4421 (*canonical)[i] =
4422 extended_canonical_line_spec (selected.sals[i],
4423 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbols[i]));
4424 }
4425
4426 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4427 return selected;
4428 }
4429
4430 /* The (single) sal corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table
4431 with file name FILENAME that occurs in one of the functions listed
4432 in SYMBOLS[0 .. NSYMS-1]. */
4433 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4434 find_sal_from_funcs_and_line (const char *filename, int line_num,
4435 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms)
4436 {
4437 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4438 int best_index, best;
4439 struct linetable *best_linetable;
4440 struct objfile *objfile;
4441 struct symtab *s;
4442 struct symtab *best_symtab;
4443
4444 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4445
4446 best_index = 0;
4447 best_linetable = NULL;
4448 best_symtab = NULL;
4449 best = 0;
4450 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4451 {
4452 struct linetable *l;
4453 int ind, exact;
4454
4455 QUIT;
4456
4457 if (!STREQ (filename, s->filename))
4458 continue;
4459 l = LINETABLE (s);
4460 ind = find_line_in_linetable (l, line_num, symbols, nsyms, &exact);
4461 if (ind >= 0)
4462 {
4463 if (exact)
4464 {
4465 best_index = ind;
4466 best_linetable = l;
4467 best_symtab = s;
4468 goto done;
4469 }
4470 if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
4471 {
4472 best = l->item[ind].line;
4473 best_index = ind;
4474 best_linetable = l;
4475 best_symtab = s;
4476 }
4477 }
4478 }
4479
4480 if (best == 0)
4481 error ("Line number not found in designated function.");
4482
4483 done:
4484
4485 sals.nelts = 1;
4486 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (sizeof (sals.sals[0]));
4487
4488 init_sal (&sals.sals[0]);
4489
4490 sals.sals[0].line = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
4491 sals.sals[0].pc = best_linetable->item[best_index].pc;
4492 sals.sals[0].symtab = best_symtab;
4493
4494 return sals;
4495 }
4496
4497 /* Return the index in LINETABLE of the best match for LINE_NUM whose
4498 pc falls within one of the functions denoted by SYMBOLS[0..NSYMS-1].
4499 Set *EXACTP to the 1 if the match is exact, and 0 otherwise. */
4500 static int
4501 find_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4502 struct symbol **symbols, int nsyms, int *exactp)
4503 {
4504 int i, len, best_index, best;
4505
4506 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL)
4507 return -1;
4508
4509 len = linetable->nitems;
4510 for (i = 0, best_index = -1, best = 0; i < len; i += 1)
4511 {
4512 int k;
4513 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4514
4515 for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1)
4516 {
4517 if (symbols[k] != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (symbols[k]) == LOC_BLOCK
4518 && item->pc >= BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k]))
4519 && item->pc < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbols[k])))
4520 goto candidate;
4521 }
4522 continue;
4523
4524 candidate:
4525
4526 if (item->line == line_num)
4527 {
4528 *exactp = 1;
4529 return i;
4530 }
4531
4532 if (item->line > line_num && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
4533 {
4534 best = item->line;
4535 best_index = i;
4536 }
4537 }
4538
4539 *exactp = 0;
4540 return best_index;
4541 }
4542
4543 /* Find the smallest k >= LINE_NUM such that k is a line number in
4544 LINETABLE, and k falls strictly within a named function that begins at
4545 or before LINE_NUM. Return -1 if there is no such k. */
4546 static int
4547 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num)
4548 {
4549 int i, len, best;
4550
4551 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || linetable->nitems == 0)
4552 return -1;
4553 len = linetable->nitems;
4554
4555 i = 0;
4556 best = INT_MAX;
4557 while (i < len)
4558 {
4559 int k;
4560 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4561
4562 if (item->line >= line_num && item->line < best)
4563 {
4564 char *func_name;
4565 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4566
4567 func_name = NULL;
4568 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4569
4570 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4571 {
4572 if (item->line == line_num)
4573 return line_num;
4574 else
4575 {
4576 struct symbol *sym =
4577 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN);
4578 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, line_num))
4579 best = item->line;
4580 else
4581 {
4582 do
4583 i += 1;
4584 while (i < len && linetable->item[i].pc < end);
4585 continue;
4586 }
4587 }
4588 }
4589 }
4590
4591 i += 1;
4592 }
4593
4594 return (best == INT_MAX) ? -1 : best;
4595 }
4596
4597
4598 /* Return the next higher index, k, into LINETABLE such that k > IND,
4599 entry k in LINETABLE has a line number equal to LINE_NUM, k
4600 corresponds to a PC that is in a function different from that
4601 corresponding to IND, and falls strictly within a named function
4602 that begins at a line at or preceding STARTING_LINE.
4603 Return -1 if there is no such k.
4604 IND == -1 corresponds to no function. */
4605
4606 static int
4607 find_next_line_in_linetable (struct linetable *linetable, int line_num,
4608 int starting_line, int ind)
4609 {
4610 int i, len;
4611
4612 if (line_num <= 0 || linetable == NULL || ind >= linetable->nitems)
4613 return -1;
4614 len = linetable->nitems;
4615
4616 if (ind >= 0)
4617 {
4618 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4619
4620 if (find_pc_partial_function (linetable->item[ind].pc,
4621 (char **) NULL, &start, &end))
4622 {
4623 while (ind < len && linetable->item[ind].pc < end)
4624 ind += 1;
4625 }
4626 else
4627 ind += 1;
4628 }
4629 else
4630 ind = 0;
4631
4632 i = ind;
4633 while (i < len)
4634 {
4635 int k;
4636 struct linetable_entry *item = &(linetable->item[i]);
4637
4638 if (item->line >= line_num)
4639 {
4640 char *func_name;
4641 CORE_ADDR start, end;
4642
4643 func_name = NULL;
4644 find_pc_partial_function (item->pc, &func_name, &start, &end);
4645
4646 if (func_name != NULL && item->pc < end)
4647 {
4648 if (item->line == line_num)
4649 {
4650 struct symbol *sym =
4651 standard_lookup (func_name, VAR_DOMAIN);
4652 if (is_plausible_func_for_line (sym, starting_line))
4653 return i;
4654 else
4655 {
4656 while ((i + 1) < len && linetable->item[i + 1].pc < end)
4657 i += 1;
4658 }
4659 }
4660 }
4661 }
4662 i += 1;
4663 }
4664
4665 return -1;
4666 }
4667
4668 /* True iff function symbol SYM starts somewhere at or before line #
4669 LINE_NUM. */
4670 static int
4671 is_plausible_func_for_line (struct symbol *sym, int line_num)
4672 {
4673 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
4674
4675 if (sym == NULL)
4676 return 0;
4677
4678 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 0);
4679
4680 return (start_sal.line != 0 && line_num >= start_sal.line);
4681 }
4682
4683 static void
4684 debug_print_lines (struct linetable *lt)
4685 {
4686 int i;
4687
4688 if (lt == NULL)
4689 return;
4690
4691 fprintf (stderr, "\t");
4692 for (i = 0; i < lt->nitems; i += 1)
4693 fprintf (stderr, "(%d->%p) ", lt->item[i].line, (void *) lt->item[i].pc);
4694 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4695 }
4696
4697 static void
4698 debug_print_block (struct block *b)
4699 {
4700 int i;
4701 struct symbol *i;
4702
4703 fprintf (stderr, "Block: %p; [0x%lx, 0x%lx]",
4704 b, BLOCK_START (b), BLOCK_END (b));
4705 if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
4706 fprintf (stderr, " Function: %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b)));
4707 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4708 fprintf (stderr, "\t Superblock: %p\n", BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b));
4709 fprintf (stderr, "\t Symbols:");
4710 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, i, sym)
4711 {
4712 if (i > 0 && i % 4 == 0)
4713 fprintf (stderr, "\n\t\t ");
4714 fprintf (stderr, " %s", DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
4715 }
4716 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4717 }
4718
4719 static void
4720 debug_print_blocks (struct blockvector *bv)
4721 {
4722 int i;
4723
4724 if (bv == NULL)
4725 return;
4726 for (i = 0; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (bv); i += 1)
4727 {
4728 fprintf (stderr, "%6d. ", i);
4729 debug_print_block (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i));
4730 }
4731 }
4732
4733 static void
4734 debug_print_symtab (struct symtab *s)
4735 {
4736 fprintf (stderr, "Symtab %p\n File: %s; Dir: %s\n", s,
4737 s->filename, s->dirname);
4738 fprintf (stderr, " Blockvector: %p, Primary: %d\n",
4739 BLOCKVECTOR (s), s->primary);
4740 debug_print_blocks (BLOCKVECTOR (s));
4741 fprintf (stderr, " Line table: %p\n", LINETABLE (s));
4742 debug_print_lines (LINETABLE (s));
4743 }
4744
4745 /* Read in all symbol tables corresponding to partial symbol tables
4746 with file name FILENAME. */
4747 static void
4748 read_all_symtabs (const char *filename)
4749 {
4750 struct partial_symtab *ps;
4751 struct objfile *objfile;
4752
4753 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile, ps)
4754 {
4755 QUIT;
4756
4757 if (STREQ (filename, ps->filename))
4758 PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps);
4759 }
4760 }
4761
4762 /* All sals corresponding to line LINE_NUM in a symbol table from file
4763 FILENAME, as filtered by the user. If CANONICAL is not null, set
4764 it to a corresponding array of canonical line specs. */
4765 static struct symtabs_and_lines
4766 all_sals_for_line (const char *filename, int line_num, char ***canonical)
4767 {
4768 struct symtabs_and_lines result;
4769 struct objfile *objfile;
4770 struct symtab *s;
4771 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
4772 size_t len;
4773
4774 read_all_symtabs (filename);
4775
4776 result.sals =
4777 (struct symtab_and_line *) xmalloc (4 * sizeof (result.sals[0]));
4778 result.nelts = 0;
4779 len = 4;
4780 make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &result.sals);
4781
4782 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
4783 {
4784 int ind, target_line_num;
4785
4786 QUIT;
4787
4788 if (!STREQ (s->filename, filename))
4789 continue;
4790
4791 target_line_num =
4792 nearest_line_number_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s), line_num);
4793 if (target_line_num == -1)
4794 continue;
4795
4796 ind = -1;
4797 while (1)
4798 {
4799 ind =
4800 find_next_line_in_linetable (LINETABLE (s),
4801 target_line_num, line_num, ind);
4802
4803 if (ind < 0)
4804 break;
4805
4806 GROW_VECT (result.sals, len, result.nelts + 1);
4807 init_sal (&result.sals[result.nelts]);
4808 result.sals[result.nelts].line = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].line;
4809 result.sals[result.nelts].pc = LINETABLE (s)->item[ind].pc;
4810 result.sals[result.nelts].symtab = s;
4811 result.nelts += 1;
4812 }
4813 }
4814
4815 if (canonical != NULL || result.nelts > 1)
4816 {
4817 int k;
4818 char **func_names = (char **) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (char *));
4819 int first_choice = (result.nelts > 1) ? 2 : 1;
4820 int n;
4821 int *choices = (int *) alloca (result.nelts * sizeof (int));
4822
4823 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4824 {
4825 find_pc_partial_function (result.sals[k].pc, &func_names[k],
4826 (CORE_ADDR *) NULL, (CORE_ADDR *) NULL);
4827 if (func_names[k] == NULL)
4828 error ("Could not find function for one or more breakpoints.");
4829 }
4830
4831 if (result.nelts > 1)
4832 {
4833 printf_unfiltered ("[0] cancel\n");
4834 if (result.nelts > 1)
4835 printf_unfiltered ("[1] all\n");
4836 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4837 printf_unfiltered ("[%d] %s\n", k + first_choice,
4838 ada_demangle (func_names[k]));
4839
4840 n = get_selections (choices, result.nelts, result.nelts,
4841 result.nelts > 1, "instance-choice");
4842
4843 for (k = 0; k < n; k += 1)
4844 {
4845 result.sals[k] = result.sals[choices[k]];
4846 func_names[k] = func_names[choices[k]];
4847 }
4848 result.nelts = n;
4849 }
4850
4851 if (canonical != NULL)
4852 {
4853 *canonical = (char **) xmalloc (result.nelts * sizeof (char **));
4854 make_cleanup (xfree, *canonical);
4855 for (k = 0; k < result.nelts; k += 1)
4856 {
4857 (*canonical)[k] =
4858 extended_canonical_line_spec (result.sals[k], func_names[k]);
4859 if ((*canonical)[k] == NULL)
4860 error ("Could not locate one or more breakpoints.");
4861 make_cleanup (xfree, (*canonical)[k]);
4862 }
4863 }
4864 }
4865
4866 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
4867 return result;
4868 }
4869
4870
4871 /* A canonical line specification of the form FILE:NAME:LINENUM for
4872 symbol table and line data SAL. NULL if insufficient
4873 information. The caller is responsible for releasing any space
4874 allocated. */
4875
4876 static char *
4877 extended_canonical_line_spec (struct symtab_and_line sal, const char *name)
4878 {
4879 char *r;
4880
4881 if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.symtab->filename == NULL || sal.line <= 0)
4882 return NULL;
4883
4884 r = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + strlen (sal.symtab->filename)
4885 + sizeof (sal.line) * 3 + 3);
4886 sprintf (r, "%s:'%s':%d", sal.symtab->filename, name, sal.line);
4887 return r;
4888 }
4889
4890 #if 0
4891 int begin_bnum = -1;
4892 #endif
4893 int begin_annotate_level = 0;
4894
4895 static void
4896 begin_cleanup (void *dummy)
4897 {
4898 begin_annotate_level = 0;
4899 }
4900
4901 static void
4902 begin_command (char *args, int from_tty)
4903 {
4904 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
4905 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr;
4906 char main_program_name[1024];
4907 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (begin_cleanup, NULL);
4908 begin_annotate_level = 2;
4909
4910 /* Check that there is a program to debug */
4911 if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
4912 error ("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.");
4913
4914 /* Check that we are debugging an Ada program */
4915 /* if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown, NULL) != language_ada)
4916 error ("Cannot find the Ada initialization procedure. Is this an Ada main program?");
4917 */
4918 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
4919
4920 /* Get the address of the name of the main procedure */
4921 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL);
4922
4923 if (msym != NULL)
4924 {
4925 main_program_name_addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym);
4926 if (main_program_name_addr == 0)
4927 error ("Invalid address for Ada main program name.");
4928
4929 /* Read the name of the main procedure */
4930 extract_string (main_program_name_addr, main_program_name);
4931
4932 /* Put a temporary breakpoint in the Ada main program and run */
4933 do_command ("tbreak ", main_program_name, 0);
4934 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4935 }
4936 else
4937 {
4938 /* If we could not find the symbol containing the name of the
4939 main program, that means that the compiler that was used to build
4940 was not recent enough. In that case, we fallback to the previous
4941 mechanism, which is a little bit less reliable, but has proved to work
4942 in most cases. The only cases where it will fail is when the user
4943 has set some breakpoints which will be hit before the end of the
4944 begin command processing (eg in the initialization code).
4945
4946 The begining of the main Ada subprogram is located by breaking
4947 on the adainit procedure. Since we know that the binder generates
4948 the call to this procedure exactly 2 calls before the call to the
4949 Ada main subprogram, it is then easy to put a breakpoint on this
4950 Ada main subprogram once we hit adainit.
4951 */
4952 do_command ("tbreak adainit", 0);
4953 do_command ("run ", args, 0);
4954 do_command ("up", 0);
4955 do_command ("tbreak +2", 0);
4956 do_command ("continue", 0);
4957 do_command ("step", 0);
4958 }
4959
4960 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4961 }
4962
4963 int
4964 is_ada_runtime_file (char *filename)
4965 {
4966 return (STREQN (filename, "s-", 2) ||
4967 STREQN (filename, "a-", 2) ||
4968 STREQN (filename, "g-", 2) || STREQN (filename, "i-", 2));
4969 }
4970
4971 /* find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
4972 part of the Ada run-time, starting from fi and moving upward. */
4973
4974 int
4975 find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi, int level)
4976 {
4977 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4978
4979 for (; fi != NULL; level += 1, fi = get_prev_frame (fi))
4980 {
4981 find_frame_sal (fi, &sal);
4982 if (sal.symtab && !is_ada_runtime_file (sal.symtab->filename))
4983 {
4984 #if defined(__alpha__) && defined(__osf__) && !defined(VXWORKS_TARGET)
4985 /* libpthread.so contains some debugging information that prevents us
4986 from finding the right frame */
4987
4988 if (sal.symtab->objfile &&
4989 STREQ (sal.symtab->objfile->name, "/usr/shlib/libpthread.so"))
4990 continue;
4991 #endif
4992 deprecated_selected_frame = fi;
4993 break;
4994 }
4995 }
4996
4997 return level;
4998 }
4999
5000 void
5001 ada_report_exception_break (struct breakpoint *b)
5002 {
5003 /* FIXME: break_on_exception should be defined in breakpoint.h */
5004 /* if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5005 {
5006 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5007 being the exception *//*
5008 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5009 {
5010 ui_out_text (uiout, "on ");
5011 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exception",
5012 SYMBOL_NAME (b->cond->elts[14].symbol));
5013 }
5014 else
5015 ui_out_text (uiout, "on all exceptions");
5016 }
5017 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5018 ui_out_text (uiout, "on unhandled exception");
5019 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5020 ui_out_text (uiout, "on assert failure");
5021 #else
5022 if (b->break_on_exception == 1)
5023 { */
5024 /* Assume that cond has 16 elements, the 15th
5025 being the exception *//*
5026 if (b->cond && b->cond->nelts == 16)
5027 {
5028 fputs_filtered ("on ", gdb_stdout);
5029 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NAME
5030 (b->cond->elts[14].symbol), gdb_stdout);
5031 }
5032 else
5033 fputs_filtered ("on all exceptions", gdb_stdout);
5034 }
5035 else if (b->break_on_exception == 2)
5036 fputs_filtered ("on unhandled exception", gdb_stdout);
5037 else if (b->break_on_exception == 3)
5038 fputs_filtered ("on assert failure", gdb_stdout);
5039 */
5040 }
5041
5042 int
5043 ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym)
5044 {
5045 char *type_name = type_name_no_tag (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
5046
5047 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5048 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5049 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST
5050 && type_name != NULL && STREQ (type_name, "exception"));
5051 }
5052
5053 int
5054 ada_maybe_exception_partial_symbol (struct partial_symbol *sym)
5055 {
5056 return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
5057 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
5058 && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST);
5059 }
5060
5061 /* If ARG points to an Ada exception or assert breakpoint, rewrite
5062 into equivalent form. Return resulting argument string. Set
5063 *BREAK_ON_EXCEPTIONP to 1 for ordinary break on exception, 2 for
5064 break on unhandled, 3 for assert, 0 otherwise. */
5065 char *
5066 ada_breakpoint_rewrite (char *arg, int *break_on_exceptionp)
5067 {
5068 if (arg == NULL)
5069 return arg;
5070 *break_on_exceptionp = 0;
5071 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
5072 /* if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5073 && STREQN (arg, "exception", 9) &&
5074 (arg[9] == ' ' || arg[9] == '\t' || arg[9] == '\0'))
5075 {
5076 char *tok, *end_tok;
5077 int toklen;
5078
5079 *break_on_exceptionp = 1;
5080
5081 tok = arg+9;
5082 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5083 tok += 1;
5084
5085 end_tok = tok;
5086
5087 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5088 end_tok += 1;
5089
5090 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5091
5092 arg = (char*) xmalloc (sizeof ("__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5093 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&)")
5094 + toklen + 1);
5095 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5096 if (toklen == 0)
5097 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg");
5098 else if (STREQN (tok, "unhandled", toklen))
5099 {
5100 *break_on_exceptionp = 2;
5101 strcpy (arg, "__gnat_unhandled_exception");
5102 }
5103 else
5104 {
5105 sprintf (arg, "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg if "
5106 "long_integer(e) = long_integer(&%.*s)",
5107 toklen, tok);
5108 }
5109 }
5110 else if (current_language->la_language == language_ada
5111 && STREQN (arg, "assert", 6) &&
5112 (arg[6] == ' ' || arg[6] == '\t' || arg[6] == '\0'))
5113 {
5114 char *tok = arg + 6;
5115
5116 *break_on_exceptionp = 3;
5117
5118 arg = (char*)
5119 xmalloc (sizeof ("system__assertions__raise_assert_failure")
5120 + strlen (tok) + 1);
5121 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
5122 sprintf (arg, "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure%s", tok);
5123 }
5124 */
5125 return arg;
5126 }
5127 \f
5128
5129 /* Field Access */
5130
5131 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5132 to be invisible to users. */
5133
5134 int
5135 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5136 {
5137 if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
5138 return 1;
5139 else
5140 {
5141 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5142 return (name == NULL
5143 || (name[0] == '_' && !STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5144 }
5145 }
5146
5147 /* True iff structure type TYPE has a tag field. */
5148
5149 int
5150 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type)
5151 {
5152 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5153 return 0;
5154
5155 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", 1, NULL) != NULL);
5156 }
5157
5158 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5159
5160 struct type *
5161 ada_tag_type (struct value *val)
5162 {
5163 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (val), "_tag", 0, NULL);
5164 }
5165
5166 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5167
5168 struct value *
5169 ada_value_tag (struct value *val)
5170 {
5171 return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", "record");
5172 }
5173
5174 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5175
5176 struct type *
5177 ada_parent_type (struct type *type)
5178 {
5179 int i;
5180
5181 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5182
5183 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
5184 return NULL;
5185
5186 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5187 if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i))
5188 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5189
5190 return NULL;
5191 }
5192
5193 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5194 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5195 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5196
5197 int
5198 ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5199 {
5200 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (check_typedef (type), field_num);
5201 return (name != NULL &&
5202 (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)));
5203 }
5204
5205 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5206 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5207 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5208 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5209 structures. */
5210
5211 int
5212 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num)
5213 {
5214 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5215 return (name != NULL
5216 && (STREQN (name, "PARENT", 6) || STREQ (name, "REP")
5217 || STREQN (name, "_parent", 7)
5218 || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O'));
5219 }
5220
5221 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5222 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5223 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5224
5225 int
5226 ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num)
5227 {
5228 struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num);
5229 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5230 || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num)
5231 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) ==
5232 TYPE_CODE_UNION));
5233 }
5234
5235 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5236 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5237 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. */
5238
5239 struct type *
5240 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type)
5241 {
5242 char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5243 struct type *type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, NULL);
5244 if (type == NULL)
5245 return builtin_type_int;
5246 else
5247 return type;
5248 }
5249
5250 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5251 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5252 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5253
5254 int
5255 ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num)
5256 {
5257 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5258 return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O');
5259 }
5260
5261 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5262 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. The
5263 value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5264
5265 char *
5266 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0)
5267 {
5268 static char *result = NULL;
5269 static size_t result_len = 0;
5270 struct type *type;
5271 const char *name;
5272 const char *discrim_end;
5273 const char *discrim_start;
5274
5275 if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
5276 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0);
5277 else
5278 type = type0;
5279
5280 name = ada_type_name (type);
5281
5282 if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000')
5283 return "";
5284
5285 for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name;
5286 discrim_end -= 1)
5287 {
5288 if (STREQN (discrim_end, "___XVN", 6))
5289 break;
5290 }
5291 if (discrim_end == name)
5292 return "";
5293
5294 for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3;
5295 discrim_start -= 1)
5296 {
5297 if (discrim_start == name + 1)
5298 return "";
5299 if ((discrim_start > name + 3 && STREQN (discrim_start - 3, "___", 3))
5300 || discrim_start[-1] == '.')
5301 break;
5302 }
5303
5304 GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1);
5305 strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start);
5306 result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0';
5307 return result;
5308 }
5309
5310 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. Put the
5311 position of the character just past the number scanned in *NEW_K,
5312 if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. Return 1
5313 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 otherwise. A
5314 "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value in decimal,
5315 followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. Assumes 0m
5316 does not occur. */
5317
5318 int
5319 ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k)
5320 {
5321 ULONGEST RU;
5322
5323 if (!isdigit (str[k]))
5324 return 0;
5325
5326 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
5327 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
5328 LONGEST. */
5329 RU = 0;
5330 while (isdigit (str[k]))
5331 {
5332 RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0');
5333 k += 1;
5334 }
5335
5336 if (str[k] == 'm')
5337 {
5338 if (R != NULL)
5339 *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1;
5340 k += 1;
5341 }
5342 else if (R != NULL)
5343 *R = (LONGEST) RU;
5344
5345 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
5346 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
5347 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
5348 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
5349 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
5350
5351 if (new_k != NULL)
5352 *new_k = k;
5353 return 1;
5354 }
5355
5356 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
5357 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
5358 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
5359
5360 int
5361 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num)
5362 {
5363 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num);
5364 int p;
5365
5366 p = 0;
5367 while (1)
5368 {
5369 switch (name[p])
5370 {
5371 case '\0':
5372 return 0;
5373 case 'S':
5374 {
5375 LONGEST W;
5376 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p))
5377 return 0;
5378 if (val == W)
5379 return 1;
5380 break;
5381 }
5382 case 'R':
5383 {
5384 LONGEST L, U;
5385 if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p)
5386 || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p))
5387 return 0;
5388 if (val >= L && val <= U)
5389 return 1;
5390 break;
5391 }
5392 case 'O':
5393 return 1;
5394 default:
5395 return 0;
5396 }
5397 }
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes)
5401 of a struct or union type ARG_TYPE,
5402 extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) fields.
5403 FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field only
5404 in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
5405
5406 struct value *
5407 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno,
5408 struct type *arg_type)
5409 {
5410 struct value *v;
5411 struct type *type;
5412
5413 CHECK_TYPEDEF (arg_type);
5414 type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno);
5415
5416 /* Handle packed fields */
5417
5418 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0)
5419 {
5420 int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno);
5421 int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno);
5422
5423 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, VALUE_CONTENTS (arg1),
5424 offset + bit_pos / 8,
5425 bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type);
5426 }
5427 else
5428 return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type);
5429 }
5430
5431
5432 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
5433 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
5434 If found, return value, else return NULL.
5435
5436 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
5437
5438 struct value *
5439 ada_search_struct_field (char *name, struct value *arg, int offset,
5440 struct type *type)
5441 {
5442 int i;
5443 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5444
5445 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
5446 {
5447 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5448
5449 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5450 continue;
5451
5452 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5453 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type);
5454
5455 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5456 {
5457 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5458 offset +
5459 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
5460 i) /
5461 8,
5462 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type,
5463 i));
5464 if (v != NULL)
5465 return v;
5466 }
5467
5468 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5469 {
5470 int j;
5471 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5472 int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5473
5474 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5475 {
5476 struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg,
5477 var_offset
5478 +
5479 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS
5480 (field_type, j) / 8,
5481 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE
5482 (field_type, j));
5483 if (v != NULL)
5484 return v;
5485 }
5486 }
5487 }
5488 return NULL;
5489 }
5490
5491 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer to a)* structure/union,
5492 extract the component named NAME from the ultimate target structure/union
5493 and return it as a value with its appropriate type.
5494
5495 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
5496 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
5497 (e.g., '_parent').
5498
5499 ERR is a name (for use in error messages) that identifies the class
5500 of entity that ARG is supposed to be. */
5501
5502 struct value *
5503 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, char *name, char *err)
5504 {
5505 struct type *t;
5506 struct value *v;
5507
5508 arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg);
5509 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5510
5511 /* Follow pointers until we get to a non-pointer. */
5512
5513 while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5514 {
5515 arg = ada_value_ind (arg);
5516 t = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg));
5517 }
5518
5519 if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5520 error ("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a %s.",
5521 err);
5522
5523 v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t);
5524 if (v == NULL)
5525 error ("There is no member named %s.", name);
5526
5527 return v;
5528 }
5529
5530 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
5531 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
5532 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
5533 work for packed fields).
5534
5535 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
5536 followed by "___".
5537
5538 TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
5539 a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
5540 type is automatically used.
5541
5542 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
5543
5544 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined. */
5545
5546 struct type *
5547 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, char *name, int noerr,
5548 int *dispp)
5549 {
5550 int i;
5551
5552 if (name == NULL)
5553 goto BadName;
5554
5555 while (1)
5556 {
5557 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5558 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
5559 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF)
5560 break;
5561 type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type);
5562 }
5563
5564 if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT &&
5565 TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
5566 {
5567 target_terminal_ours ();
5568 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5569 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5570 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5571 error (" is not a structure or union type");
5572 }
5573
5574 type = to_static_fixed_type (type);
5575
5576 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
5577 {
5578 char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i);
5579 struct type *t;
5580 int disp;
5581
5582 if (t_field_name == NULL)
5583 continue;
5584
5585 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name))
5586 {
5587 if (dispp != NULL)
5588 *dispp += TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5589 return check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5590 }
5591
5592 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i))
5593 {
5594 disp = 0;
5595 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name,
5596 1, &disp);
5597 if (t != NULL)
5598 {
5599 if (dispp != NULL)
5600 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5601 return t;
5602 }
5603 }
5604
5605 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i))
5606 {
5607 int j;
5608 struct type *field_type = check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i));
5609
5610 for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1)
5611 {
5612 disp = 0;
5613 t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j),
5614 name, 1, &disp);
5615 if (t != NULL)
5616 {
5617 if (dispp != NULL)
5618 *dispp += disp + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8;
5619 return t;
5620 }
5621 }
5622 }
5623
5624 }
5625
5626 BadName:
5627 if (!noerr)
5628 {
5629 target_terminal_ours ();
5630 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
5631 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Type ");
5632 type_print (type, "", gdb_stderr, -1);
5633 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, " has no component named ");
5634 error ("%s", name == NULL ? "<null>" : name);
5635 }
5636
5637 return NULL;
5638 }
5639
5640 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
5641 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
5642 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
5643 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
5644
5645 int
5646 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type,
5647 char *outer_valaddr)
5648 {
5649 int others_clause;
5650 int i;
5651 int disp;
5652 struct type *discrim_type;
5653 char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type);
5654 LONGEST discrim_val;
5655
5656 disp = 0;
5657 discrim_type =
5658 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 1, &disp);
5659 if (discrim_type == NULL)
5660 return -1;
5661 discrim_val = unpack_long (discrim_type, outer_valaddr + disp);
5662
5663 others_clause = -1;
5664 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1)
5665 {
5666 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i))
5667 others_clause = i;
5668 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i))
5669 return i;
5670 }
5671
5672 return others_clause;
5673 }
5674 \f
5675
5676
5677 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
5678
5679 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
5680 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
5681 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
5682 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
5683 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
5684
5685 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
5686 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
5687 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
5688 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
5689 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
5690 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
5691 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
5692 rather than struct value*s.
5693
5694 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
5695 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
5696 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
5697 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
5698 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
5699 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
5700 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
5701 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
5702 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
5703 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
5704 element selected. */
5705
5706 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
5707 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
5708 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
5709 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
5710 target at the target address. */
5711
5712 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
5713 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
5714 dynamic-sized types. */
5715
5716 struct value *
5717 ada_value_ind (struct value *val0)
5718 {
5719 struct value *val = unwrap_value (value_ind (val0));
5720 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5721 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val), val);
5722 }
5723
5724 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
5725 * qualifiers on VAL0. */
5726 static struct value *
5727 ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0)
5728 {
5729 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
5730 {
5731 struct value *val = val0;
5732 COERCE_REF (val);
5733 val = unwrap_value (val);
5734 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (val), 0,
5735 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
5736 val);
5737 }
5738 else
5739 return val0;
5740 }
5741
5742 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
5743 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
5744
5745 static unsigned int
5746 align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment)
5747 {
5748 return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1);
5749 }
5750
5751 /* Return the additional bit offset required by field F of template
5752 type TYPE. */
5753
5754 static unsigned int
5755 field_offset (struct type *type, int f)
5756 {
5757 int n = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5758 /* Kludge (temporary?) to fix problem with dwarf output. */
5759 if (n < 0)
5760 return (unsigned int) n & 0xffff;
5761 else
5762 return n;
5763 }
5764
5765
5766 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
5767
5768 static unsigned int
5769 field_alignment (struct type *type, int f)
5770 {
5771 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
5772 int len = (name == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (name);
5773 int align_offset;
5774
5775 if (len < 8 || !isdigit (name[len - 1]))
5776 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5777
5778 if (isdigit (name[len - 2]))
5779 align_offset = len - 2;
5780 else
5781 align_offset = len - 1;
5782
5783 if (align_offset < 7 || !STREQN ("___XV", name + align_offset - 6, 5))
5784 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5785
5786 return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
5787 }
5788
5789 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
5790 struct type *
5791 ada_find_any_type (const char *name)
5792 {
5793 struct symbol *sym;
5794
5795 sym = standard_lookup (name, VAR_DOMAIN);
5796 if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
5797 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5798
5799 sym = standard_lookup (name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
5800 if (sym != NULL)
5801 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
5802
5803 return NULL;
5804 }
5805
5806 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
5807 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
5808 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
5809 otherwise return 0. */
5810 int
5811 ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1)
5812 {
5813 if (type1 == NULL)
5814 return 1;
5815 else if (type0 == NULL)
5816 return 0;
5817 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5818 return 1;
5819 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID)
5820 return 0;
5821 else if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0))
5822 return 1;
5823 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type0)
5824 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (type1))
5825 return 1;
5826 else if (ada_renaming_type (type0) != NULL
5827 && ada_renaming_type (type1) == NULL)
5828 return 1;
5829 return 0;
5830 }
5831
5832 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
5833 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
5834 char *
5835 ada_type_name (struct type *type)
5836 {
5837 if (type == NULL)
5838 return NULL;
5839 else if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL)
5840 return TYPE_NAME (type);
5841 else
5842 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
5843 }
5844
5845 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE whose name is formed by appending
5846 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
5847
5848 struct type *
5849 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix)
5850 {
5851 static char *name;
5852 static size_t name_len = 0;
5853 struct symbol **syms;
5854 struct block **blocks;
5855 int nsyms;
5856 int len;
5857 char *typename = ada_type_name (type);
5858
5859 if (typename == NULL)
5860 return NULL;
5861
5862 len = strlen (typename);
5863
5864 GROW_VECT (name, name_len, len + strlen (suffix) + 1);
5865
5866 strcpy (name, typename);
5867 strcpy (name + len, suffix);
5868
5869 return ada_find_any_type (name);
5870 }
5871
5872
5873 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
5874 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
5875
5876 static struct type *
5877 dynamic_template_type (struct type *type)
5878 {
5879 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
5880
5881 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5882 || ada_type_name (type) == NULL)
5883 return NULL;
5884 else
5885 {
5886 int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type));
5887 if (len > 6 && STREQ (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE"))
5888 return type;
5889 else
5890 return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE");
5891 }
5892 }
5893
5894 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
5895 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
5896
5897 static int
5898 is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num)
5899 {
5900 const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num);
5901 return name != NULL
5902 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
5903 && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL;
5904 }
5905
5906 /* Assuming that TYPE is a struct type, returns non-zero iff TYPE
5907 contains a variant part. */
5908
5909 static int
5910 contains_variant_part (struct type *type)
5911 {
5912 int f;
5913
5914 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
5915 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type) <= 0)
5916 return 0;
5917 return ada_is_variant_part (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1);
5918 }
5919
5920 /* A record type with no fields, . */
5921 static struct type *
5922 empty_record (struct objfile *objfile)
5923 {
5924 struct type *type = alloc_type (objfile);
5925 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5926 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
5927 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL;
5928 TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>";
5929 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
5930 TYPE_FLAGS (type) = 0;
5931 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
5932 return type;
5933 }
5934
5935 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
5936 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
5937 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
5938 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
5939 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if VALUE_TYPE (VAL) is
5940 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
5941 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
5942 of the variant. */
5943 /* NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
5944 * variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
5945 * byte-aligned. */
5946
5947 static struct type *
5948 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
5949 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0)
5950 {
5951 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5952 struct value *dval;
5953 struct type *rtype;
5954 int nfields, bit_len;
5955 long off;
5956 int f;
5957
5958 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
5959 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
5960 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
5961 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype);
5962 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields;
5963 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *)
5964 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
5965 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
5966 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
5967 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
5968 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in
5969 gdbtypes.h */
5970 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
5971
5972 off = 0;
5973 bit_len = 0;
5974 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
5975 {
5976 int fld_bit_len, bit_incr;
5977 off =
5978 align_value (off,
5979 field_alignment (type, f)) + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f);
5980 /* NOTE: used to use field_offset above, but that causes
5981 * problems with really negative bit positions. So, let's
5982 * rediscover why we needed field_offset and fix it properly. */
5983 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, f) = off;
5984 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0;
5985 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, f) = 0;
5986
5987 if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f))
5988 {
5989 struct type *branch_type;
5990
5991 if (dval0 == NULL)
5992 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
5993 else
5994 dval = dval0;
5995
5996 branch_type =
5997 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
5998 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f),
5999 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6000 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6001 if (branch_type == NULL)
6002 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6003 else
6004 {
6005 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = branch_type;
6006 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = "S";
6007 }
6008 bit_incr = 0;
6009 fld_bit_len =
6010 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6011 }
6012 else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f))
6013 {
6014 if (dval0 == NULL)
6015 dval = value_from_contents_and_address (rtype, valaddr, address);
6016 else
6017 dval = dval0;
6018
6019 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) =
6020 ada_to_fixed_type
6021 (ada_get_base_type
6022 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f))),
6023 cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6024 cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval);
6025 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6026 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6027 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6028 }
6029 else
6030 {
6031 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f);
6032 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f);
6033 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0)
6034 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6035 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f);
6036 else
6037 bit_incr = fld_bit_len =
6038 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6039 }
6040 if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len)
6041 bit_len = off + fld_bit_len;
6042 off += bit_incr;
6043 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = bit_len / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
6044 }
6045 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), TYPE_LENGTH (type));
6046
6047 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6048 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit)
6049 error ("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6050 return rtype;
6051 }
6052
6053 /* As for template_to_fixed_record_type, but uses no run-time values.
6054 As a result, this type can only be approximate, but that's OK,
6055 since it is used only for type determinations. Works on both
6056 structs and unions.
6057 Representation note: to save space, we memoize the result of this
6058 function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the template type. */
6059
6060 static struct type *
6061 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *templ_type)
6062 {
6063 struct type *type;
6064 int nfields;
6065 int f;
6066
6067 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) != NULL)
6068 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type);
6069
6070 nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (templ_type);
6071 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (templ_type) = type =
6072 alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (templ_type));
6073 TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (templ_type);
6074 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6075 TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
6076 TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
6077 TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6078 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (type), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6079 TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (templ_type);
6080 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) = NULL;
6081 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6082 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6083 TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
6084
6085 for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1)
6086 {
6087 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f) = 0;
6088 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) = 0;
6089 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (type, f) = 0;
6090
6091 if (is_dynamic_field (templ_type, f))
6092 {
6093 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6094 to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE
6095 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f)));
6096 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6097 }
6098 else
6099 {
6100 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) =
6101 check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, f));
6102 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, f);
6103 }
6104 }
6105
6106 return type;
6107 }
6108
6109 /* A revision of TYPE0 -- a non-dynamic-sized record with a variant
6110 part -- in which the variant part is replaced with the appropriate
6111 branch. */
6112 static struct type *
6113 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, char *valaddr,
6114 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6115 {
6116 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
6117 struct type *rtype;
6118 struct type *branch_type;
6119 int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6120
6121 if (dval == NULL)
6122 return type;
6123
6124 rtype = alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type));
6125 TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
6126 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type);
6127 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = TYPE_NFIELDS (type);
6128 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) =
6129 (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field));
6130 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type),
6131 sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
6132 TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type);
6133 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype) = NULL;
6134 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6135 /* TYPE_FLAGS (rtype) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6136 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type);
6137
6138 branch_type =
6139 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6140 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1),
6141 cond_offset_host (valaddr,
6142 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6143 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6144 cond_offset_target (address,
6145 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6146 nfields - 1) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT),
6147 dval);
6148 if (branch_type == NULL)
6149 {
6150 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1;
6151 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -=
6152 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6153 }
6154 else
6155 {
6156 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, nfields - 1) = branch_type;
6157 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, nfields - 1) = "S";
6158 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6159 TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_KIND (rtype, nfields - 1) = 0;
6160 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type);
6161 -TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, nfields - 1));
6162 }
6163
6164 return rtype;
6165 }
6166
6167 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6168 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
6169 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
6170 should be in DVAL, a record value; it should be NULL if the object
6171 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. A
6172 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6173 of the variant. */
6174
6175 static struct type *
6176 to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6177 struct value *dval)
6178 {
6179 struct type *templ_type;
6180
6181 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6182 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6183 return type0;
6184 */
6185 templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6186
6187 if (templ_type != NULL)
6188 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval);
6189 else if (contains_variant_part (type0))
6190 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, dval);
6191 else
6192 {
6193 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6194 /* TYPE_FLAGS (type0) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6195 return type0;
6196 }
6197
6198 }
6199
6200 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6201 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
6202 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
6203 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
6204 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
6205 indicated in the union's type name. */
6206
6207 static struct type *
6208 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, char *valaddr,
6209 CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval)
6210 {
6211 int which;
6212 struct type *templ_type;
6213 struct type *var_type;
6214
6215 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
6216 var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0);
6217 else
6218 var_type = var_type0;
6219
6220 templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU");
6221
6222 if (templ_type != NULL)
6223 var_type = templ_type;
6224
6225 which =
6226 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type,
6227 VALUE_TYPE (dval), VALUE_CONTENTS (dval));
6228
6229 if (which < 0)
6230 return empty_record (TYPE_OBJFILE (var_type));
6231 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which))
6232 return
6233 to_fixed_record_type
6234 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)),
6235 valaddr, address, dval);
6236 else if (contains_variant_part (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)))
6237 return
6238 to_fixed_record_type
6239 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval);
6240 else
6241 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which);
6242 }
6243
6244 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
6245 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
6246 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
6247 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
6248 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
6249 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
6250 varsize_limit.
6251 */
6252
6253 static struct type *
6254 to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval,
6255 int ignore_too_big)
6256 {
6257 struct type *index_type_desc;
6258 struct type *result;
6259
6260 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6261 /* if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type0) /* revisit? *//*
6262 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE))
6263 return type0; */
6264
6265 index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XA");
6266 if (index_type_desc == NULL)
6267 {
6268 struct type *elt_type0 = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0));
6269 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6270 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6271 * debugging data. */
6272 struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval);
6273
6274 if (elt_type0 == elt_type)
6275 result = type0;
6276 else
6277 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6278 elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0));
6279 }
6280 else
6281 {
6282 int i;
6283 struct type *elt_type0;
6284
6285 elt_type0 = type0;
6286 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1)
6287 elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0);
6288
6289 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
6290 * depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
6291 * debugging data. */
6292 result = ada_to_fixed_type (check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval);
6293 for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1)
6294 {
6295 struct type *range_type =
6296 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc, i),
6297 dval, TYPE_OBJFILE (type0));
6298 result = create_array_type (alloc_type (TYPE_OBJFILE (type0)),
6299 result, range_type);
6300 }
6301 if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit)
6302 error ("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit");
6303 }
6304
6305 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6306 /* TYPE_FLAGS (result) |= TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE; */
6307 return result;
6308 }
6309
6310
6311 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
6312 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
6313 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
6314 and may be NULL if there are none. */
6315
6316 struct type *
6317 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6318 struct value *dval)
6319 {
6320 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6321 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
6322 {
6323 default:
6324 return type;
6325 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6326 return to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL);
6327 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
6328 return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 0);
6329 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6330 if (dval == NULL)
6331 return type;
6332 else
6333 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval);
6334 }
6335 }
6336
6337 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
6338 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
6339
6340 static struct type *
6341 to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0)
6342 {
6343 struct type *type;
6344
6345 if (type0 == NULL)
6346 return NULL;
6347
6348 /* FIXME: TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE should be defined in gdbtypes.h */
6349 /* if (TYPE_FLAGS (type0) & TYPE_FLAG_FIXED_INSTANCE)
6350 return type0;
6351 */
6352 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type0);
6353
6354 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0))
6355 {
6356 default:
6357 return type0;
6358 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
6359 type = dynamic_template_type (type0);
6360 if (type != NULL)
6361 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6362 return type0;
6363 case TYPE_CODE_UNION:
6364 type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU");
6365 if (type != NULL)
6366 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type);
6367 return type0;
6368 }
6369 }
6370
6371 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
6372 static struct type *
6373 static_unwrap_type (struct type *type)
6374 {
6375 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6376 {
6377 struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (check_typedef (type), 0);
6378 if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL)
6379 TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type);
6380
6381 return static_unwrap_type (type1);
6382 }
6383 else
6384 {
6385 struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type);
6386 if (raw_real_type == type)
6387 return type;
6388 else
6389 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type);
6390 }
6391 }
6392
6393 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
6394 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
6395 type Foo;
6396 type FooP is access Foo;
6397 V: FooP;
6398 type Foo is array ...;
6399 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
6400 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
6401 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
6402 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
6403
6404 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
6405 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
6406 struct type *
6407 ada_completed_type (struct type *type)
6408 {
6409 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6410 if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
6411 || (TYPE_FLAGS (type) & TYPE_FLAG_STUB) == 0
6412 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type) == NULL)
6413 return type;
6414 else
6415 {
6416 char *name = TYPE_TAG_NAME (type);
6417 struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name);
6418 return (type1 == NULL) ? type : type1;
6419 }
6420 }
6421
6422 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
6423 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
6424 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
6425 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
6426 creation of struct values]. */
6427
6428 struct value *
6429 ada_to_fixed_value (struct type *type0, char *valaddr, CORE_ADDR address,
6430 struct value *val0)
6431 {
6432 struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, valaddr, address, NULL);
6433 if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL)
6434 return val0;
6435 else
6436 return value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address);
6437 }
6438
6439 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
6440 chosen to approximate the real type of VAL as well as possible, but
6441 without consulting any runtime values. For Ada dynamic-sized
6442 types, therefore, the type of the result is likely to be inaccurate. */
6443
6444 struct value *
6445 ada_to_static_fixed_value (struct value *val)
6446 {
6447 struct type *type =
6448 to_static_fixed_type (static_unwrap_type (VALUE_TYPE (val)));
6449 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (val))
6450 return val;
6451 else
6452 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (val, 0, type);
6453 }
6454 \f
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459 /* Attributes */
6460
6461 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names */
6462 /* NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h */
6463
6464 static const char *attribute_names[] = {
6465 "<?>",
6466
6467 "first",
6468 "last",
6469 "length",
6470 "image",
6471 "img",
6472 "max",
6473 "min",
6474 "pos" "tag",
6475 "val",
6476
6477 0
6478 };
6479
6480 const char *
6481 ada_attribute_name (int n)
6482 {
6483 if (n > 0 && n < (int) ATR_END)
6484 return attribute_names[n];
6485 else
6486 return attribute_names[0];
6487 }
6488
6489 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
6490
6491 static struct value *
6492 value_pos_atr (struct value *arg)
6493 {
6494 struct type *type = VALUE_TYPE (arg);
6495
6496 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6497 error ("'POS only defined on discrete types");
6498
6499 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6500 {
6501 int i;
6502 LONGEST v = value_as_long (arg);
6503
6504 for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1)
6505 {
6506 if (v == TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i))
6507 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, i);
6508 }
6509 error ("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS");
6510 }
6511 else
6512 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int, value_as_long (arg));
6513 }
6514
6515 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
6516
6517 static struct value *
6518 value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6519 {
6520 if (!discrete_type_p (type))
6521 error ("'VAL only defined on discrete types");
6522 if (!integer_type_p (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6523 error ("'VAL requires integral argument");
6524
6525 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
6526 {
6527 long pos = value_as_long (arg);
6528 if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type))
6529 error ("argument to 'VAL out of range");
6530 return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, pos));
6531 }
6532 else
6533 return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg));
6534 }
6535 \f
6536
6537 /* Evaluation */
6538
6539 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
6540 * [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
6541 * It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
6542
6543 int
6544 ada_is_character_type (struct type *type)
6545 {
6546 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
6547 return
6548 name != NULL
6549 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
6550 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
6551 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
6552 && (STREQ (name, "character") || STREQ (name, "wide_character")
6553 || STREQ (name, "unsigned char"));
6554 }
6555
6556 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
6557
6558 int
6559 ada_is_string_type (struct type *type)
6560 {
6561 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6562 if (type != NULL
6563 && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6564 && (ada_is_simple_array (type) || ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
6565 && ada_array_arity (type) == 1)
6566 {
6567 struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1);
6568
6569 return ada_is_character_type (elttype);
6570 }
6571 else
6572 return 0;
6573 }
6574
6575
6576 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
6577 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
6578 distinctive name. */
6579
6580 int
6581 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type)
6582 {
6583 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6584 return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6585 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1
6586 && STREQ (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F"));
6587 }
6588
6589 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
6590 the parallel type. */
6591
6592 struct type *
6593 ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type)
6594 {
6595 struct type *real_type_namer;
6596 struct type *raw_real_type;
6597 struct type *real_type;
6598
6599 if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
6600 return raw_type;
6601
6602 real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS");
6603 if (real_type_namer == NULL
6604 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6605 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1)
6606 return raw_type;
6607
6608 raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0));
6609 if (raw_real_type == NULL)
6610 return raw_type;
6611 else
6612 return raw_real_type;
6613 }
6614
6615 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
6616
6617 struct type *
6618 ada_aligned_type (struct type *type)
6619 {
6620 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6621 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0));
6622 else
6623 return ada_get_base_type (type);
6624 }
6625
6626
6627 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
6628 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
6629
6630 char *
6631 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, char *valaddr)
6632 {
6633 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6634 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0),
6635 valaddr +
6636 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type,
6637 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT);
6638 else
6639 return valaddr;
6640 }
6641
6642 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
6643 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
6644 const char *
6645 ada_enum_name (const char *name)
6646 {
6647 char *tmp;
6648
6649 while (1)
6650 {
6651 if ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL)
6652 name = tmp + 2;
6653 else if ((tmp = strchr (name, '.')) != NULL)
6654 name = tmp + 1;
6655 else
6656 break;
6657 }
6658
6659 if (name[0] == 'Q')
6660 {
6661 static char result[16];
6662 int v;
6663 if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W')
6664 {
6665 if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1)
6666 return name;
6667 }
6668 else
6669 return name;
6670
6671 if (isascii (v) && isprint (v))
6672 sprintf (result, "'%c'", v);
6673 else if (name[1] == 'U')
6674 sprintf (result, "[\"%02x\"]", v);
6675 else
6676 sprintf (result, "[\"%04x\"]", v);
6677
6678 return result;
6679 }
6680 else
6681 return name;
6682 }
6683
6684 static struct value *
6685 evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, int *pos,
6686 enum noside noside)
6687 {
6688 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp) (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
6692 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
6693 expression. */
6694
6695 static struct value *
6696 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos)
6697 {
6698 return (*exp->language_defn->evaluate_exp)
6699 (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS);
6700 }
6701
6702 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
6703 value it wraps. */
6704
6705 static struct value *
6706 unwrap_value (struct value *val)
6707 {
6708 struct type *type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (val));
6709 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type))
6710 {
6711 struct value *v = value_struct_elt (&val, NULL, "F",
6712 NULL, "internal structure");
6713 struct type *val_type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (v));
6714 if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL)
6715 TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type);
6716
6717 return unwrap_value (v);
6718 }
6719 else
6720 {
6721 struct type *raw_real_type =
6722 ada_completed_type (ada_get_base_type (type));
6723
6724 if (type == raw_real_type)
6725 return val;
6726
6727 return
6728 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
6729 (val, 0, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0,
6730 VALUE_ADDRESS (val) + VALUE_OFFSET (val),
6731 NULL));
6732 }
6733 }
6734
6735 static struct value *
6736 cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg)
6737 {
6738 LONGEST val;
6739
6740 if (type == VALUE_TYPE (arg))
6741 return arg;
6742 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg)))
6743 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type,
6744 ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6745 value_as_long (arg)));
6746 else
6747 {
6748 DOUBLEST argd =
6749 value_as_double (value_cast (builtin_type_double, value_copy (arg)));
6750 val = ada_float_to_fixed (type, argd);
6751 }
6752
6753 return value_from_longest (type, val);
6754 }
6755
6756 static struct value *
6757 cast_from_fixed_to_double (struct value *arg)
6758 {
6759 DOUBLEST val = ada_fixed_to_float (VALUE_TYPE (arg),
6760 value_as_long (arg));
6761 return value_from_double (builtin_type_double, val);
6762 }
6763
6764 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
6765 * return the converted value. */
6766 static struct value *
6767 coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val)
6768 {
6769 struct type *type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6770 if (type == type2)
6771 return val;
6772
6773 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type2);
6774 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type);
6775
6776 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
6777 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6778 {
6779 val = ada_value_ind (val);
6780 type2 = VALUE_TYPE (val);
6781 }
6782
6783 if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
6784 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
6785 {
6786 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2) != TYPE_LENGTH (type)
6787 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2))
6788 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)))
6789 error ("Incompatible types in assignment");
6790 VALUE_TYPE (val) = type;
6791 }
6792 return val;
6793 }
6794
6795 struct value *
6796 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
6797 int *pos, enum noside noside)
6798 {
6799 enum exp_opcode op;
6800 enum ada_attribute atr;
6801 int tem, tem2, tem3;
6802 int pc;
6803 struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3;
6804 struct type *type;
6805 int nargs;
6806 struct value **argvec;
6807
6808 pc = *pos;
6809 *pos += 1;
6810 op = exp->elts[pc].opcode;
6811
6812 switch (op)
6813 {
6814 default:
6815 *pos -= 1;
6816 return
6817 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6818 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6819
6820 case UNOP_CAST:
6821 (*pos) += 2;
6822 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6823 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6824 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6825 goto nosideret;
6826 if (type != check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6827 {
6828 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type))
6829 arg1 = cast_to_fixed (type, arg1);
6830 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6831 arg1 = value_cast (type, cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1));
6832 else if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_memory)
6833 {
6834 /* This is in case of the really obscure (and undocumented,
6835 but apparently expected) case of (Foo) Bar.all, where Bar
6836 is an integer constant and Foo is a dynamic-sized type.
6837 If we don't do this, ARG1 will simply be relabeled with
6838 TYPE. */
6839 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6840 return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval);
6841 arg1 =
6842 ada_to_fixed_value
6843 (type, 0, VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) + VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), 0);
6844 }
6845 else
6846 arg1 = value_cast (type, arg1);
6847 }
6848 return arg1;
6849
6850 /* FIXME: UNOP_QUAL should be defined in expression.h */
6851 /* case UNOP_QUAL:
6852 (*pos) += 2;
6853 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
6854 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside);
6855 */
6856 case BINOP_ASSIGN:
6857 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6858 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), exp, pos, noside);
6859 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6860 return arg1;
6861 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6862 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6863 else
6864 {
6865 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6866 arg2 = cast_to_fixed (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6867 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6868 error
6869 ("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables");
6870 else
6871 arg2 = coerce_for_assign (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), arg2);
6872 return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2);
6873 }
6874
6875 case BINOP_ADD:
6876 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6877 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6878 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6879 goto nosideret;
6880 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6881 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6882 else
6883 {
6884 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6885 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6886 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6887 error
6888 ("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type");
6889 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_add (arg1, arg2));
6890 }
6891
6892 case BINOP_SUB:
6893 arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6894 arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6895 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6896 goto nosideret;
6897 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6898 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6899 else
6900 {
6901 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1))
6902 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6903 && VALUE_TYPE (arg1) != VALUE_TYPE (arg2))
6904 error
6905 ("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type");
6906 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_sub (arg1, arg2));
6907 }
6908
6909 case BINOP_MUL:
6910 case BINOP_DIV:
6911 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6912 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6913 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6914 goto nosideret;
6915 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
6916 return value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL, EVAL_NORMAL);
6917 else
6918 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
6919 && (op == BINOP_DIV || op == BINOP_REM || op == BINOP_MOD))
6920 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
6921 else
6922 {
6923 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6924 arg1 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg1);
6925 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
6926 arg2 = cast_from_fixed_to_double (arg2);
6927 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
6928 }
6929
6930 case UNOP_NEG:
6931 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
6932 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6933 goto nosideret;
6934 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
6935 return value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL);
6936 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
6937 return value_cast (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), value_neg (arg1));
6938 else
6939 return value_neg (arg1);
6940
6941 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
6942 /* case OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE:
6943 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
6944 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
6945 illegal. *//*
6946 (*pos) += 3;
6947 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6948 goto nosideret;
6949 else
6950 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
6951 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 2].name));
6952 */
6953 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
6954 *pos -= 1;
6955 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6956 {
6957 *pos += 4;
6958 goto nosideret;
6959 }
6960 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
6961 {
6962 *pos += 4;
6963 return value_zero
6964 (to_static_fixed_type
6965 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol))),
6966 not_lval);
6967 }
6968 else
6969 {
6970 arg1 =
6971 unwrap_value (evaluate_subexp_standard
6972 (expect_type, exp, pos, noside));
6973 return ada_to_fixed_value (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), 0,
6974 VALUE_ADDRESS (arg1) +
6975 VALUE_OFFSET (arg1), arg1);
6976 }
6977
6978 case OP_ARRAY:
6979 (*pos) += 3;
6980 tem2 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
6981 tem3 = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
6982 nargs = tem3 - tem2 + 1;
6983 type = expect_type ? check_typedef (expect_type) : NULL_TYPE;
6984
6985 argvec =
6986 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 1));
6987 for (tem = 0; tem == 0 || tem < nargs; tem += 1)
6988 /* At least one element gets inserted for the type */
6989 {
6990 /* Ensure that array expressions are coerced into pointer objects. */
6991 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside);
6992 }
6993 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
6994 goto nosideret;
6995 return value_array (tem2, tem3, argvec);
6996
6997 case OP_FUNCALL:
6998 (*pos) += 2;
6999
7000 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
7001 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL */
7002 nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7003 argvec =
7004 (struct value * *) alloca (sizeof (struct value *) * (nargs + 2));
7005
7006 /* FIXME: OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE should be defined in expression.h */
7007 /* FIXME: name should be defined in expresion.h */
7008 /* if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_UNRESOLVED_VALUE)
7009 error ("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation",
7010 ada_demangle (exp->elts[pc + 5].name));
7011 */
7012 if (0)
7013 {
7014 error ("unexpected code path, FIXME");
7015 }
7016 else
7017 {
7018 for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1)
7019 argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7020 argvec[tem] = 0;
7021
7022 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7023 goto nosideret;
7024 }
7025
7026 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
7027 argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]);
7028
7029 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])))
7030 argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]);
7031
7032 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0]));
7033 if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7034 {
7035 switch (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))))
7036 {
7037 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7038 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7039 break;
7040 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7041 break;
7042 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7043 if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7044 argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]);
7045 type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7046 break;
7047 default:
7048 error ("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'",
7049 ada_type_name (VALUE_TYPE (argvec[0])));
7050 break;
7051 }
7052 }
7053
7054 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7055 {
7056 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC:
7057 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7058 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7059 return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1);
7060 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT:
7061 {
7062 int arity = ada_array_arity (type);
7063 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7064 if (type == NULL)
7065 error ("cannot subscript or call a record");
7066 if (arity != nargs)
7067 error ("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d", arity);
7068 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7069 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7070 return
7071 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7072 (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1));
7073 }
7074 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY:
7075 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7076 {
7077 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7078 if (type == NULL)
7079 error ("element type of array unknown");
7080 else
7081 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7082 }
7083 return
7084 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
7085 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]),
7086 nargs, argvec + 1));
7087 case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */
7088 type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1);
7089 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7090 {
7091 type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs);
7092 if (type == NULL)
7093 error ("element type of array unknown");
7094 else
7095 return allocate_value (ada_aligned_type (type));
7096 }
7097 return
7098 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], type,
7099 nargs, argvec + 1));
7100
7101 default:
7102 error ("Internal error in evaluate_subexp");
7103 }
7104
7105 case TERNOP_SLICE:
7106 {
7107 struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7108 int lowbound
7109 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7110 int upper
7111 = value_as_long (evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside));
7112 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7113 goto nosideret;
7114
7115 /* If this is a reference to an array, then dereference it */
7116 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7117 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7118 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7119 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
7120 && !ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7121 {
7122 array = ada_coerce_ref (array);
7123 }
7124
7125 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS &&
7126 ada_is_array_descriptor (check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (array))))
7127 {
7128 /* Try to dereference the array, in case it is an access to array */
7129 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (array, 0);
7130 if (arrType != NULL)
7131 array = value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7132 }
7133 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (VALUE_TYPE (array)))
7134 array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (array);
7135
7136 /* If at this point we have a pointer to an array, it means that
7137 it is a pointer to a simple (non-ada) array. We just then
7138 dereference it */
7139 if (TYPE_CODE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7140 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array)) != NULL
7141 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (VALUE_TYPE (array))) ==
7142 TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7143 {
7144 array = ada_value_ind (array);
7145 }
7146
7147 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7148 /* The following will get the bounds wrong, but only in contexts
7149 where the value is not being requested (FIXME?). */
7150 return array;
7151 else
7152 return value_slice (array, lowbound, upper - lowbound + 1);
7153 }
7154
7155 /* FIXME: UNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7156 /* case UNOP_MBR:
7157 (*pos) += 2;
7158 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7159 type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type;
7160
7161 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7162 goto nosideret;
7163
7164 switch (TYPE_CODE (type))
7165 {
7166 default:
7167 warning ("Membership test incompletely implemented; always returns true");
7168 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) 1);
7169
7170 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE:
7171 arg2 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7172 (LONGEST) TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type));
7173 arg3 = value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7174 (LONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type));
7175 return
7176 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7177 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7178 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7179 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7180 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7181 }
7182 */
7183 /* FIXME: BINOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7184 /* case BINOP_MBR:
7185 (*pos) += 2;
7186 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7187 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7188
7189 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7190 goto nosideret;
7191
7192 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7193 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, not_lval);
7194
7195 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7196
7197 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg2)))
7198 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s", "range");
7199
7200 arg3 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1);
7201 arg2 = ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0);
7202
7203 return
7204 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7205 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7206 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7207 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7208 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7209 */
7210 /* FIXME: TERNOP_MBR should be defined in expression.h */
7211 /* case TERNOP_MBR:
7212 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7213 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7214 arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7215
7216 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7217 goto nosideret;
7218
7219 return
7220 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int,
7221 (value_less (arg1,arg3)
7222 || value_equal (arg1,arg3))
7223 && (value_less (arg2,arg1)
7224 || value_equal (arg2,arg1)));
7225 */
7226 /* FIXME: OP_ATTRIBUTE should be defined in expression.h */
7227 /* case OP_ATTRIBUTE:
7228 *pos += 3;
7229 atr = (enum ada_attribute) longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst);
7230 switch (atr)
7231 {
7232 default:
7233 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7234
7235 case ATR_FIRST:
7236 case ATR_LAST:
7237 case ATR_LENGTH:
7238 {
7239 struct type* type_arg;
7240 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE)
7241 {
7242 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7243 arg1 = NULL;
7244 type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7245 }
7246 else
7247 {
7248 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7249 type_arg = NULL;
7250 }
7251
7252 if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG)
7253 error ("illegal operand to '%s", ada_attribute_name (atr));
7254 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+2].longconst);
7255 *pos += 4;
7256
7257 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7258 goto nosideret;
7259
7260 if (type_arg == NULL)
7261 {
7262 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7263
7264 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7265 arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7266
7267 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)))
7268 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7269 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7270
7271 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7272 {
7273 type = ada_index_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), tem);
7274 if (type == NULL)
7275 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7276 return allocate_value (type);
7277 }
7278
7279 switch (atr)
7280 {
7281 default:
7282 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7283 case ATR_FIRST:
7284 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0);
7285 case ATR_LAST:
7286 return ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1);
7287 case ATR_LENGTH:
7288 return ada_array_length (arg1, tem);
7289 }
7290 }
7291 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7292 || TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7293 {
7294 struct type* range_type;
7295 char* name = ada_type_name (type_arg);
7296 if (name == NULL)
7297 {
7298 if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7299 range_type = type_arg;
7300 else
7301 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7302 }
7303 else
7304 range_type =
7305 to_fixed_range_type (name, NULL, TYPE_OBJFILE (type_arg));
7306 switch (atr)
7307 {
7308 default:
7309 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7310 case ATR_FIRST:
7311 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7312 TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type));
7313 case ATR_LAST:
7314 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type),
7315 TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type));
7316 }
7317 }
7318 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
7319 {
7320 switch (atr)
7321 {
7322 default:
7323 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7324 case ATR_FIRST:
7325 return value_from_longest
7326 (type_arg, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg, 0));
7327 case ATR_LAST:
7328 return value_from_longest
7329 (type_arg,
7330 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type_arg,
7331 TYPE_NFIELDS (type_arg) - 1));
7332 }
7333 }
7334 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT)
7335 error ("unimplemented type attribute");
7336 else
7337 {
7338 LONGEST low, high;
7339
7340 if (ada_is_packed_array_type (type_arg))
7341 type_arg = decode_packed_array_type (type_arg);
7342
7343 if (tem < 1 || tem > ada_array_arity (type_arg))
7344 error ("invalid dimension number to '%s",
7345 ada_attribute_name (atr));
7346
7347 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7348 {
7349 type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem);
7350 if (type == NULL)
7351 error ("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array");
7352 return allocate_value (type);
7353 }
7354
7355 switch (atr)
7356 {
7357 default:
7358 error ("unexpected attribute encountered");
7359 case ATR_FIRST:
7360 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7361 return value_from_longest (type, low);
7362 case ATR_LAST:
7363 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, &type);
7364 return value_from_longest (type, high);
7365 case ATR_LENGTH:
7366 low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0, &type);
7367 high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1, NULL);
7368 return value_from_longest (type, high-low+1);
7369 }
7370 }
7371 }
7372
7373 case ATR_TAG:
7374 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7375 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7376 goto nosideret;
7377
7378 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7379 return
7380 value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval);
7381
7382 return ada_value_tag (arg1);
7383
7384 case ATR_MIN:
7385 case ATR_MAX:
7386 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7387 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7388 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7389 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7390 goto nosideret;
7391 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7392 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7393 else
7394 return value_binop (arg1, arg2,
7395 atr == ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX);
7396
7397 case ATR_MODULUS:
7398 {
7399 struct type* type_arg = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7400 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7401 *pos += 4;
7402
7403 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7404 goto nosideret;
7405
7406 if (! ada_is_modular_type (type_arg))
7407 error ("'modulus must be applied to modular type");
7408
7409 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg),
7410 ada_modulus (type_arg));
7411 }
7412
7413
7414 case ATR_POS:
7415 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7416 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7417 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7418 goto nosideret;
7419 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7420 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7421 else
7422 return value_pos_atr (arg1);
7423
7424 case ATR_SIZE:
7425 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7426 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7427 goto nosideret;
7428 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7429 return value_zero (builtin_type_ada_int, not_lval);
7430 else
7431 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_ada_int,
7432 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
7433 * TYPE_LENGTH (VALUE_TYPE (arg1)));
7434
7435 case ATR_VAL:
7436 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP);
7437 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7438 type = exp->elts[pc + 5].type;
7439 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7440 goto nosideret;
7441 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7442 return value_zero (type, not_lval);
7443 else
7444 return value_val_atr (type, arg1);
7445 } */
7446 case BINOP_EXP:
7447 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7448 arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7449 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7450 goto nosideret;
7451 if (binop_user_defined_p (op, arg1, arg2))
7452 return unwrap_value (value_x_binop (arg1, arg2, op, OP_NULL,
7453 EVAL_NORMAL));
7454 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7455 return value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval);
7456 else
7457 return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op);
7458
7459 case UNOP_PLUS:
7460 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7461 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7462 goto nosideret;
7463 if (unop_user_defined_p (op, arg1))
7464 return unwrap_value (value_x_unop (arg1, op, EVAL_NORMAL));
7465 else
7466 return arg1;
7467
7468 case UNOP_ABS:
7469 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7470 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7471 goto nosideret;
7472 if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (VALUE_TYPE (arg1), not_lval)))
7473 return value_neg (arg1);
7474 else
7475 return arg1;
7476
7477 case UNOP_IND:
7478 if (expect_type && TYPE_CODE (expect_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
7479 expect_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (expect_type));
7480 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (expect_type, exp, pos, noside);
7481 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7482 goto nosideret;
7483 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7484 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7485 {
7486 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7487 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7488 {
7489 struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0);
7490 if (arrType == NULL)
7491 error ("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.");
7492 return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0, NULL);
7493 }
7494 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7495 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF
7496 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
7497 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)
7498 return
7499 value_zero
7500 (to_static_fixed_type
7501 (ada_aligned_type (check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))),
7502 lval_memory);
7503 else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
7504 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
7505 return value_zero (builtin_type_int, lval_memory);
7506 else
7507 error ("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.");
7508 }
7509 arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1);
7510 type = check_typedef (VALUE_TYPE (arg1));
7511
7512 if (ada_is_array_descriptor (type))
7513 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
7514 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1);
7515 else
7516 return ada_value_ind (arg1);
7517
7518 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT:
7519 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7520 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7521 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7522 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7523 goto nosideret;
7524 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7525 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7526 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7527 &exp->elts[pc +
7528 2].string,
7529 0, NULL)),
7530 lval_memory);
7531 else
7532 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7533 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7534 "record"));
7535 case OP_TYPE:
7536 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
7537 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
7538 (*pos) += 2;
7539 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7540 goto nosideret;
7541 else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7542 return allocate_value (builtin_type_void);
7543 else
7544 error ("Attempt to use a type name as an expression");
7545
7546 case STRUCTOP_PTR:
7547 tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst);
7548 (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1);
7549 arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside);
7550 if (noside == EVAL_SKIP)
7551 goto nosideret;
7552 if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS)
7553 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type
7554 (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (VALUE_TYPE (arg1),
7555 &exp->elts[pc +
7556 2].string,
7557 0, NULL)),
7558 lval_memory);
7559 else
7560 return unwrap_value (ada_value_struct_elt (arg1,
7561 &exp->elts[pc + 2].string,
7562 "record access"));
7563 }
7564
7565 nosideret:
7566 return value_from_longest (builtin_type_long, (LONGEST) 1);
7567 }
7568 \f
7569
7570 /* Fixed point */
7571
7572 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
7573 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
7574 Otherwise, return NULL. */
7575
7576 static const char *
7577 fixed_type_info (struct type *type)
7578 {
7579 const char *name = ada_type_name (type);
7580 enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type);
7581
7582 if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL)
7583 {
7584 const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_");
7585 if (tail == NULL)
7586 return NULL;
7587 else
7588 return tail + 5;
7589 }
7590 else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type)
7591 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type));
7592 else
7593 return NULL;
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
7597
7598 int
7599 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type)
7600 {
7601 return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL;
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
7605 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
7606 delta cannot be determined. */
7607
7608 DOUBLEST
7609 ada_delta (struct type *type)
7610 {
7611 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7612 long num, den;
7613
7614 if (sscanf (encoding, "_%ld_%ld", &num, &den) < 2)
7615 return -1.0;
7616 else
7617 return (DOUBLEST) num / (DOUBLEST) den;
7618 }
7619
7620 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
7621 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
7622
7623 static DOUBLEST
7624 scaling_factor (struct type *type)
7625 {
7626 const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type);
7627 unsigned long num0, den0, num1, den1;
7628 int n;
7629
7630 n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lu_%lu_%lu_%lu", &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1);
7631
7632 if (n < 2)
7633 return 1.0;
7634 else if (n == 4)
7635 return (DOUBLEST) num1 / (DOUBLEST) den1;
7636 else
7637 return (DOUBLEST) num0 / (DOUBLEST) den0;
7638 }
7639
7640
7641 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
7642 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
7643
7644 DOUBLEST
7645 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type *type, LONGEST x)
7646 {
7647 return (DOUBLEST) x *scaling_factor (type);
7648 }
7649
7650 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
7651 corresponding to the value X. */
7652
7653 LONGEST
7654 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type *type, DOUBLEST x)
7655 {
7656 return (LONGEST) (x / scaling_factor (type) + 0.5);
7657 }
7658
7659
7660 /* VAX floating formats */
7661
7662 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents one of the special VAX floating-point
7663 types. */
7664 int
7665 ada_is_vax_floating_type (struct type *type)
7666 {
7667 int name_len =
7668 (ada_type_name (type) == NULL) ? 0 : strlen (ada_type_name (type));
7669 return
7670 name_len > 6
7671 && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT
7672 || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7673 && STREQN (ada_type_name (type) + name_len - 6, "___XF", 5);
7674 }
7675
7676 /* The type of special VAX floating-point type this is, assuming
7677 ada_is_vax_floating_point */
7678 int
7679 ada_vax_float_type_suffix (struct type *type)
7680 {
7681 return ada_type_name (type)[strlen (ada_type_name (type)) - 1];
7682 }
7683
7684 /* A value representing the special debugging function that outputs
7685 VAX floating-point values of the type represented by TYPE. Assumes
7686 ada_is_vax_floating_type (TYPE). */
7687 struct value *
7688 ada_vax_float_print_function (struct type *type)
7689 {
7690 switch (ada_vax_float_type_suffix (type))
7691 {
7692 case 'F':
7693 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_F", 0);
7694 case 'D':
7695 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_D", 0);
7696 case 'G':
7697 return get_var_value ("DEBUG_STRING_G", 0);
7698 default:
7699 error ("invalid VAX floating-point type");
7700 }
7701 }
7702 \f
7703
7704 /* Range types */
7705
7706 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
7707 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
7708 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
7709 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
7710 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
7711
7712 static int
7713 scan_discrim_bound (char *, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px,
7714 int *pnew_k)
7715 {
7716 static char *bound_buffer = NULL;
7717 static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0;
7718 char *bound;
7719 char *pend;
7720 struct value *bound_val;
7721
7722 if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0')
7723 return 0;
7724
7725 pend = strstr (str + k, "__");
7726 if (pend == NULL)
7727 {
7728 bound = str + k;
7729 k += strlen (bound);
7730 }
7731 else
7732 {
7733 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, pend - (str + k) + 1);
7734 bound = bound_buffer;
7735 strncpy (bound_buffer, str + k, pend - (str + k));
7736 bound[pend - (str + k)] = '\0';
7737 k = pend - str;
7738 }
7739
7740 bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, VALUE_TYPE (dval));
7741 if (bound_val == NULL)
7742 return 0;
7743
7744 *px = value_as_long (bound_val);
7745 if (pnew_k != NULL)
7746 *pnew_k = k;
7747 return 1;
7748 }
7749
7750 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7751 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
7752 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
7753 static struct value *
7754 get_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg)
7755 {
7756 struct symbol **syms;
7757 struct block **blocks;
7758 int nsyms;
7759
7760 nsyms =
7761 ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN,
7762 &syms, &blocks);
7763
7764 if (nsyms != 1)
7765 {
7766 if (err_msg == NULL)
7767 return 0;
7768 else
7769 error ("%s", err_msg);
7770 }
7771
7772 return value_of_variable (syms[0], blocks[0]);
7773 }
7774
7775 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
7776 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and sets
7777 *FLAG to 0. If successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
7778 LONGEST
7779 get_int_var_value (char *name, char *err_msg, int *flag)
7780 {
7781 struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, err_msg);
7782
7783 if (var_val == 0)
7784 {
7785 if (flag != NULL)
7786 *flag = 0;
7787 return 0;
7788 }
7789 else
7790 {
7791 if (flag != NULL)
7792 *flag = 1;
7793 return value_as_long (var_val);
7794 }
7795 }
7796
7797
7798 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
7799 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
7800 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
7801 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. If a new type
7802 must be created, allocate in OBJFILE's space. The bounds
7803 information, in general, is encoded in NAME, the base type given in
7804 the named range type. */
7805
7806 static struct type *
7807 to_fixed_range_type (char *name, struct value *dval, struct objfile *objfile)
7808 {
7809 struct type *raw_type = ada_find_any_type (name);
7810 struct type *base_type;
7811 LONGEST low, high;
7812 char *subtype_info;
7813
7814 if (raw_type == NULL)
7815 base_type = builtin_type_int;
7816 else if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
7817 base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type);
7818 else
7819 base_type = raw_type;
7820
7821 subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD");
7822 if (subtype_info == NULL)
7823 return raw_type;
7824 else
7825 {
7826 static char *name_buf = NULL;
7827 static size_t name_len = 0;
7828 int prefix_len = subtype_info - name;
7829 LONGEST L, U;
7830 struct type *type;
7831 char *bounds_str;
7832 int n;
7833
7834 GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5);
7835 strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len);
7836 name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0';
7837
7838 subtype_info += 5;
7839 bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_');
7840 n = 1;
7841
7842 if (*subtype_info == 'L')
7843 {
7844 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n)
7845 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n))
7846 return raw_type;
7847 if (bounds_str[n] == '_')
7848 n += 2;
7849 else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
7850 n += 1;
7851 subtype_info += 1;
7852 }
7853 else
7854 {
7855 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L");
7856 L = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7857 }
7858
7859 if (*subtype_info == 'U')
7860 {
7861 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n)
7862 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n))
7863 return raw_type;
7864 }
7865 else
7866 {
7867 strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U");
7868 U = get_int_var_value (name_buf, "Index bound unknown.", NULL);
7869 }
7870
7871 if (objfile == NULL)
7872 objfile = TYPE_OBJFILE (base_type);
7873 type = create_range_type (alloc_type (objfile), base_type, L, U);
7874 TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
7875 return type;
7876 }
7877 }
7878
7879 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
7880 int
7881 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name)
7882 {
7883 return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD"));
7884 }
7885 \f
7886
7887 /* Modular types */
7888
7889 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
7890 int
7891 ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type)
7892 {
7893 /* FIXME: base_type should be declared in gdbtypes.h, implemented in
7894 valarith.c */
7895 struct type *subranged_type; /* = base_type (type); */
7896
7897 return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
7898 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7899 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type));
7900 }
7901
7902 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
7903 LONGEST
7904 ada_modulus (struct type * type)
7905 {
7906 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1;
7907 }
7908 \f
7909
7910
7911 /* Operators */
7912
7913 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
7914 and precedences of the operators. */
7915
7916 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = {
7917 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1},
7918 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0},
7919 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0},
7920 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0},
7921 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0},
7922 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0},
7923 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7924 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0},
7925 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7926 {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7927 {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7928 {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0},
7929 {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7930 {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0},
7931 {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0},
7932 {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0},
7933 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0},
7934 {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0},
7935 {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0},
7936 {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0},
7937 {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0},
7938 {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
7939 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0},
7940 {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7941 {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7942 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7943 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7944 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0},
7945 {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix .ALL */
7946 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, /* FIXME: postfix 'ACCESS */
7947 {NULL, 0, 0, 0}
7948 };
7949 \f
7950 /* Assorted Types and Interfaces */
7951
7952 struct type *builtin_type_ada_int;
7953 struct type *builtin_type_ada_short;
7954 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long;
7955 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_long;
7956 struct type *builtin_type_ada_char;
7957 struct type *builtin_type_ada_float;
7958 struct type *builtin_type_ada_double;
7959 struct type *builtin_type_ada_long_double;
7960 struct type *builtin_type_ada_natural;
7961 struct type *builtin_type_ada_positive;
7962 struct type *builtin_type_ada_system_address;
7963
7964 struct type **const (ada_builtin_types[]) =
7965 {
7966
7967 &builtin_type_ada_int,
7968 &builtin_type_ada_long,
7969 &builtin_type_ada_short,
7970 &builtin_type_ada_char,
7971 &builtin_type_ada_float,
7972 &builtin_type_ada_double,
7973 &builtin_type_ada_long_long,
7974 &builtin_type_ada_long_double,
7975 &builtin_type_ada_natural, &builtin_type_ada_positive,
7976 /* The following types are carried over from C for convenience. */
7977 &builtin_type_int,
7978 &builtin_type_long,
7979 &builtin_type_short,
7980 &builtin_type_char,
7981 &builtin_type_float,
7982 &builtin_type_double,
7983 &builtin_type_long_long,
7984 &builtin_type_void,
7985 &builtin_type_signed_char,
7986 &builtin_type_unsigned_char,
7987 &builtin_type_unsigned_short,
7988 &builtin_type_unsigned_int,
7989 &builtin_type_unsigned_long,
7990 &builtin_type_unsigned_long_long,
7991 &builtin_type_long_double,
7992 &builtin_type_complex, &builtin_type_double_complex, 0};
7993
7994 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
7995 static void
7996 emit_char (int c, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter)
7997 {
7998 ada_emit_char (c, stream, quoter, 1);
7999 }
8000
8001 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = {
8002 "ada", /* Language name */
8003 /* language_ada, */
8004 language_unknown,
8005 /* FIXME: language_ada should be defined in defs.h */
8006 ada_builtin_types,
8007 range_check_off,
8008 type_check_off,
8009 case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
8010 * that's not quite what this means. */
8011 ada_parse,
8012 ada_error,
8013 ada_evaluate_subexp,
8014 ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */
8015 ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */
8016 emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
8017 ada_create_fundamental_type, /* Create fundamental type in this language */
8018 ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
8019 ada_val_print, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
8020 ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */
8021 NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */
8022 value_of_this, /* value_of_this */
8023 basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* lookup_symbol_nonlocal */
8024 NULL, /* Language specific symbol demangler */
8025 {"", "", "", ""}, /* Binary format info */
8026 #if 0
8027 {"8#%lo#", "8#", "o", "#"}, /* Octal format info */
8028 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8029 {"16#%lx#", "16#", "x", "#"}, /* Hex format info */
8030 #else
8031 /* Copied from c-lang.c. */
8032 {"0%lo", "0", "o", ""}, /* Octal format info */
8033 {"%ld", "", "d", ""}, /* Decimal format info */
8034 {"0x%lx", "0x", "x", ""}, /* Hex format info */
8035 #endif
8036 ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */
8037 1, /* c-style arrays (FIXME?) */
8038 0, /* String lower bound (FIXME?) */
8039 &builtin_type_ada_char,
8040 LANG_MAGIC
8041 };
8042
8043 void
8044 _initialize_ada_language (void)
8045 {
8046 builtin_type_ada_int =
8047 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8048 0, "integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8049 builtin_type_ada_long =
8050 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8051 0, "long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8052 builtin_type_ada_short =
8053 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8054 0, "short_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8055 builtin_type_ada_char =
8056 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8057 0, "character", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8058 builtin_type_ada_float =
8059 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8060 0, "float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8061 builtin_type_ada_double =
8062 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8063 0, "long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8064 builtin_type_ada_long_long =
8065 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8066 0, "long_long_integer", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8067 builtin_type_ada_long_double =
8068 init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT, TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8069 0, "long_long_float", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8070 builtin_type_ada_natural =
8071 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8072 0, "natural", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8073 builtin_type_ada_positive =
8074 init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8075 0, "positive", (struct objfile *) NULL);
8076
8077
8078 builtin_type_ada_system_address =
8079 lookup_pointer_type (init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID, 1, 0, "void",
8080 (struct objfile *) NULL));
8081 TYPE_NAME (builtin_type_ada_system_address) = "system__address";
8082
8083 add_language (&ada_language_defn);
8084
8085 add_show_from_set
8086 (add_set_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, var_uinteger,
8087 (char *) &varsize_limit,
8088 "Set maximum bytes in dynamic-sized object.",
8089 &setlist), &showlist);
8090 varsize_limit = 65536;
8091
8092 add_com ("begin", class_breakpoint, begin_command,
8093 "Start the debugged program, stopping at the beginning of the\n\
8094 main program. You may specify command-line arguments to give it, as for\n\
8095 the \"run\" command (q.v.).");
8096 }
8097
8098
8099 /* Create a fundamental Ada type using default reasonable for the current
8100 target machine.
8101
8102 Some object/debugging file formats (DWARF version 1, COFF, etc) do not
8103 define fundamental types such as "int" or "double". Others (stabs or
8104 DWARF version 2, etc) do define fundamental types. For the formats which
8105 don't provide fundamental types, gdb can create such types using this
8106 function.
8107
8108 FIXME: Some compilers distinguish explicitly signed integral types
8109 (signed short, signed int, signed long) from "regular" integral types
8110 (short, int, long) in the debugging information. There is some dis-
8111 agreement as to how useful this feature is. In particular, gcc does
8112 not support this. Also, only some debugging formats allow the
8113 distinction to be passed on to a debugger. For now, we always just
8114 use "short", "int", or "long" as the type name, for both the implicit
8115 and explicitly signed types. This also makes life easier for the
8116 gdb test suite since we don't have to account for the differences
8117 in output depending upon what the compiler and debugging format
8118 support. We will probably have to re-examine the issue when gdb
8119 starts taking it's fundamental type information directly from the
8120 debugging information supplied by the compiler. fnf@cygnus.com */
8121
8122 static struct type *
8123 ada_create_fundamental_type (struct objfile *objfile, int typeid)
8124 {
8125 struct type *type = NULL;
8126
8127 switch (typeid)
8128 {
8129 default:
8130 /* FIXME: For now, if we are asked to produce a type not in this
8131 language, create the equivalent of a C integer type with the
8132 name "<?type?>". When all the dust settles from the type
8133 reconstruction work, this should probably become an error. */
8134 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8135 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8136 0, "<?type?>", objfile);
8137 warning ("internal error: no Ada fundamental type %d", typeid);
8138 break;
8139 case FT_VOID:
8140 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_VOID,
8141 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8142 0, "void", objfile);
8143 break;
8144 case FT_CHAR:
8145 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8146 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8147 0, "character", objfile);
8148 break;
8149 case FT_SIGNED_CHAR:
8150 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8151 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8152 0, "signed char", objfile);
8153 break;
8154 case FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
8155 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8156 TARGET_CHAR_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8157 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char", objfile);
8158 break;
8159 case FT_SHORT:
8160 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8161 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8162 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8163 break;
8164 case FT_SIGNED_SHORT:
8165 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8166 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8167 0, "short_integer", objfile);
8168 break;
8169 case FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
8170 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8171 TARGET_SHORT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8172 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned short", objfile);
8173 break;
8174 case FT_INTEGER:
8175 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8176 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8177 0, "integer", objfile);
8178 break;
8179 case FT_SIGNED_INTEGER:
8180 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT, TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "integer", objfile); /* FIXME -fnf */
8181 break;
8182 case FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER:
8183 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8184 TARGET_INT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8185 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int", objfile);
8186 break;
8187 case FT_LONG:
8188 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8189 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8190 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8191 break;
8192 case FT_SIGNED_LONG:
8193 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8194 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8195 0, "long_integer", objfile);
8196 break;
8197 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG:
8198 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8199 TARGET_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8200 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long", objfile);
8201 break;
8202 case FT_LONG_LONG:
8203 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8204 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8205 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8206 break;
8207 case FT_SIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8208 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8209 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8210 0, "long_long_integer", objfile);
8211 break;
8212 case FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG:
8213 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_INT,
8214 TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8215 TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED, "unsigned long long", objfile);
8216 break;
8217 case FT_FLOAT:
8218 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8219 TARGET_FLOAT_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8220 0, "float", objfile);
8221 break;
8222 case FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT:
8223 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8224 TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8225 0, "long_float", objfile);
8226 break;
8227 case FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT:
8228 type = init_type (TYPE_CODE_FLT,
8229 TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT / TARGET_CHAR_BIT,
8230 0, "long_long_float", objfile);
8231 break;
8232 }
8233 return (type);
8234 }
8235
8236 void
8237 ada_dump_symtab (struct symtab *s)
8238 {
8239 int i;
8240 fprintf (stderr, "New symtab: [\n");
8241 fprintf (stderr, " Name: %s/%s;\n",
8242 s->dirname ? s->dirname : "?", s->filename ? s->filename : "?");
8243 fprintf (stderr, " Format: %s;\n", s->debugformat);
8244 if (s->linetable != NULL)
8245 {
8246 fprintf (stderr, " Line table (section %d):\n", s->block_line_section);
8247 for (i = 0; i < s->linetable->nitems; i += 1)
8248 {
8249 struct linetable_entry *e = s->linetable->item + i;
8250 fprintf (stderr, " %4ld: %8lx\n", (long) e->line, (long) e->pc);
8251 }
8252 }
8253 fprintf (stderr, "]\n");
8254 }